<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 23, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-29547
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
------------------------
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
INNOVA CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
WASHINGTON 3663 91-1453311
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
GATEWAY NORTH, BUILDING 2
3325 SOUTH 116TH STREET
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98168-1974
(206) 439-9121
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
JOHN M. HEMINGWAY, SECRETARY AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
GATEWAY NORTH, BUILDING 2
3325 SOUTH 116TH STREET
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98168-1974
(206) 439-9121
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
JOHN M. STEEL, ESQ. H. JOHN MICHEL JR., ESQ.
BENJAMIN F. STEPHENS, ESQ. RACHEL GIULIANO, ESQ.
ALEJANDRO C. TORRES, ESQ. DRINKER BIDDLE & REATH LLP
GRAHAM & JAMES LLP/RIDDELL WILLIAMS P.S. PHILADELPHIA NATIONAL BANK BUILDING
1001 FOURTH AVENUE PLAZA, SUITE 4500 1345 CHESTNUT STREET
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98154 PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19107-3426
</TABLE>
------------------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as
possible after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [X]
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
INNOVA CORPORATION
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS OF PART 1 ITEMS OF FORM S-1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN
FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Forepart of the Registration Statement
and Outside Front Cover Page of
Prospectus.............................. Outside Front Cover Page
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
Pages of Prospectus..................... Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Page
3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges...... Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary;
Forward-Looking Statements; Risk Factors
4. Use of Proceeds......................... Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
5. Determination of Offering Price......... Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
6. Dilution................................ Dilution
7. Selling Security Holders................ Not Applicable
8. Plan of Distribution.................... Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
Underwriting
9. Description of Securities to be
Registered.............................. Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible
for Future Sale
10. Interests of Named Experts and
Counsel................................. Not Applicable
11. Information With Respect to
the Registrant.......................... Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Use of
Proceeds; Capitalization; Dividend Policy;
Dilution; Selected Financial Data;
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations;
Business; Management; Principal Shareholders;
Certain Transactions; Description of Capital
Stock; Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
Underwriting; Additional Information;
Consolidated Financial Statements
12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
Indemnification For Securities Act
Liabilities............................. Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor
may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws
of any such State.
PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 21, 1997
2,500,000 Shares
[INNOVA LOGO]
Common Stock
------------------------------
All of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering")
are being sold by Innova Corporation ("Innova" or the "Company"). The Company
designs, manufactures and supports millimeter wave radios for use as
short-to-medium-distance wireless communications links in telecommunications
networks. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a
discussion of factors considered in determining the initial public offering
price. Following the Offering, the Company's directors and officers and their
affiliates will beneficially own approximately 65% of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock (assuming the exercise of all warrants and vested and unvested
options held by them) and will therefore have the ability to elect the Board of
Directors and control the management of the Company and its affairs and
business. The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "INVA", subject to official notice of issue.
THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 5.
------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
=================================================================================================
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to
Public Commissions(1) Company(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share...................... $ $ $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)....................... $ $ $
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) For information regarding indemnification of the Underwriters, see
"Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offering payable by the Company, estimated
at $800,000.
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
days from the date hereof, to purchase up to 375,000 additional Shares of
Common Stock on the same terms set forth above, solely to cover over-
allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to
Public will be $ , Underwriting Discounts and Commissions will be
$ , and Proceeds to Company will be $ . See
"Underwriting."
------------------------------
The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, subject to
prior sale, receipt and acceptance by them and subject to the right of the
Underwriters to reject any order in whole or in part and to certain other
conditions. It is expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be
made through the office of UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New
York, on or about , 1997.
------------------------------
UBS SECURITIES
HAMBRECHT & QUIST
WESSELS, ARNOLD & HENDERSON
, 1997
<PAGE> 4
[Photograph of Company's XP4 Indoor and Outdoor Units]
[The artwork for the inside front cover of the Prospectus is a color photograph
of the Company's millimeter wave radio system, depicting the Indoor (IDU) and
Outdoor (ODU) units.]
[The artwork for the gate-fold within the front cover of the Prospectus is a
copy of the Company's XP4 radio system installation manual, which is two pages
in its entirety, and illustrates installation of the Company's radio systems.]
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING STABILIZING BIDS, SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND THE IMPOSITION
OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DISCUSSION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE
WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
2
<PAGE> 5
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus and the information under "Risk Factors." Unless
otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes that the
Underwriters' over-allotment option will not be exercised; (ii) reflects a 24:1
reverse stock split to be effected by the Company upon consummation of the
Offering; and (iii) reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of the
Company's Preferred Stock into 8,682,287 shares of Common Stock upon
consummation of the Offering, and that, as a result of such conversion, all
outstanding warrants to purchase Preferred Stock shall thereafter be exercisable
for an aggregate of 481,977 shares of Common Stock.
THE COMPANY
Innova designs, manufactures and supports millimeter wave radios for use as
short- to medium-distance wireless communication links in developed and
developing telecommunications markets. Innova's products enable
telecommunications service providers to establish reliable and cost-effective
voice, data and video communications links within their networks. Innova's
products operate in frequencies ranging from 13-38 GHz and may be used in
various applications, including cellular and PCS/PCN networks, broadband
communications, local loop services and long distance networks.
In recent years, growing demand for telecommunications services has been
driven by the emergence of improved technologies and by the recognition that
effective communications can enhance business productivity and accelerate
economic growth. Regulatory changes, including the privatization of state-run
telephone monopolies, allocation of additional radio spectrum and licensing of
new entrants to the telecommunications market, have created a competitive
environment in which a growing number of service providers are seeking to meet
this demand and capture market share by rapidly establishing new networks and
expanding existing networks.
Millimeter wave radios have become an increasingly critical component of
telecommunications networks. As a result, telecommunications service providers
have focused on the quality and lifetime ownership cost of these systems. Innova
has combined its expertise in radio frequency ("RF") systems architecture and
software design to create reliable, cost-effective, intelligent and feature-rich
millimeter wave radio systems that are easy to install, maintain and upgrade.
Innova's millimeter wave radio systems are designed to operate at multiple
E1/T1 rates in the high frequency bands used for the transmission of voice, data
and video traffic. Innova's products are based on a common system architecture
and are software configurable. Innova's radio systems consist of an Indoor Unit
("IDU"), which interfaces with the user's network and is digitally linked to an
Outdoor Unit ("ODU"), which transmits and receives the RF signal. The common
embedded software platform in the IDU and ODU is simple network management
protocol ("SNMP") compliant and provides the ability to remotely monitor and
manage Innova's radios within a network using the service provider's network
management system.
Innova's objective is to be a leading provider of digital millimeter wave
radios. Innova's strategy is to: (i) continue to focus on enhancing existing and
developing new solutions for the point-to-point millimeter wave radio market;
(ii) expand the geographic coverage and increase the market penetration of its
products by strengthening existing and establishing new strategic distribution
relationships; (iii) leverage its existing system architecture to be
first-to-market with high-quality, cost-effective radios; and (iv) further
automate its product calibration and test processes to promote quality control
and cost-effective manufacturing and to improve productivity.
Innova markets its products principally to systems integrators with a
strong regional presence in Europe, Latin America and Asia. Innova seeks to
develop strategic relationships with these systems integrators, which provide
field engineering, installation, project financing and support to service
providers. To date, Innova has entered into distribution agreements with MAS
Technology Limited ("MAS"), NERA ASA ("NERA") and Societe Anonyme de
Telecommunications ("SAT"). Innova also markets its products directly to service
providers in the U.S. and internationally. To date, the Company has supplied
products, either through distribution relationships or directly, to Alestra
(Mexico), Associated Communications (U.S.), Avantel (Mexico), Bouygues Telecom
(France), Globtel (Slovakia), Northern Telecom Limited ("Nortel") (Canada),
PacBell Mobile Services (U.S.) and Telcel (Venezuela), among others.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1989 and merged into a
Washington corporation in 1991. The Company's headquarters and principal place
of business are located at Gateway North, Building 2, 3325 South 116th Street,
Seattle, Washington 98168-1974. Its telephone number is (206) 439-9121.
3
<PAGE> 6
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Shares of Common Stock Offered by the Company.......... 2,500,000 Shares of Common Stock
Shares of Common Stock Outstanding after the
Offering............................................. 12,139,006 Shares of Common Stock(1)
Use of Proceeds........................................ Repayment of indebtedness, equipment
purchases, working capital and
general corporate purposes. See
"Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol................. INVA
Risk Factors........................................... The Common Stock offered hereby
involves a high degree of risk. See
"Risk Factors."
</TABLE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTH FISCAL Six Months Ended
Years Ended March 31, PERIOD ENDED June 30,
------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -----------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1996(2) 1996 1997
------- ------- ------- ------- ------------------ ---------- ----------
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues............... $ 200 $ 877 $ 2,358 $ 1,962 $ 2,104 $ 200 $12,582
Gross profit (loss).......... (464) (1,186) (2,157) (1,980) (1,635) (1,852) 3,012
Loss from operations......... (3,903) (5,234) (6,116) (8,816) (7,186) (5,759) (2,675)
Net loss..................... $(5,099) $(5,400) $(6,318) $(9,061) $(7,329) $(5,890) $(3,013)
Pro forma net loss per
share(3)................... $ (0.73) $ (0.30)
Supplementary net loss per
share(3)................... $ (0.72) $ (0.27)
Shares used in computing pro
forma net loss per
share(3)................... 10,039,634 10,061,989
Shares used in computing
supplementary net loss per
share(3)................... 10,085,650 10,572,738
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(4)
------- --------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..................................................... $ 3,834 $ 23,133
Working capital............................................................... 4,371 29,146
Total assets.................................................................. 20,208 39,365
Redeemable preferred stock(1)................................................. 47,769 --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)(1)....................................... (39,297) 33,247
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) As of June 30, 1997. Excludes: (i) 1,655,298 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.19 per share; (ii)
an additional 377,774 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance
under the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan; (iii) 48,263 shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the
Company's Director Stock Option Plan; (iv) an additional 71,737 shares of
Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's Director Stock
Option Plan; and (v) 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of warrants to purchase Common Stock. See "Management -- Benefit Plans" and
"-- Certain Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Subsequent to March 31, 1996 the Company changed its fiscal year end to
December 31.
(3) See Note 1(q) to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) As adjusted to give effect to the (i) conversion of all outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the
Offering, (ii) sale of the shares of Common Stock being offered hereby at an
assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share (after deducting
the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the
Offering) and (iii) application of the estimated net proceeds of the
Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
4
<PAGE> 7
RISK FACTORS
An investment in the shares of Common Stock being offered by this
Prospectus involves a high degree of risk. In addition, this Prospectus contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Discussions
containing such forward-looking statements may be found in the material set
forth under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," as
well as in this Prospectus generally. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of many factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors
and elsewhere in this Prospectus. Accordingly, prospective investors should
consider carefully the following risk factors, in addition to the other
information concerning the Company and its business contained in this
Prospectus, before purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; HISTORY OF SIGNIFICANT LOSSES
The Company was incorporated in 1989 and was in the development stage until
mid-1996, when it began shipment of XP4 products, its first line of millimeter
wave radios to be shipped in commercial quantities. From inception through June
30, 1997, the Company generated a cumulative net loss of approximately $43.4
million. From April 1, 1996 through June 30, 1997, the Company generated total
revenues of approximately $14.7 million, of which $14.2 million, or 97%, was
generated in the nine months ended June 30, 1997. For the quarter ended December
31, 1996, the quarter ended March 31, 1997, and the quarter ended June 30, 1997,
the Company's net losses were $2.5 million, $2.1 million, and $900,000,
respectively. Due to the Company's limited operating history, among other
things, there can be no assurance that revenues will not decline. The Company
intends to continue to invest significant amounts in its operations,
particularly to support existing and new product development, increased
manufacturing capacity, and sales and marketing of its recently introduced
product line. Thus, the Company may continue to generate losses even if revenues
increase, and there can be no assurance that the Company will become profitable.
In view of its limited operating history, an investment in the Common Stock must
be considered in light of the problems, expenses, complications and delays
frequently encountered in connection with the development of new products,
markets and operations. As a result of the Company's net losses and limited
operating and sales history, period-to-period comparisons of operating results
may not be meaningful and results of operations from prior periods may not be
indicative of future performance. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION; DEPENDENCE ON LARGE CONTRACTS
The Company is dependent, in significant part, on large contracts with a
limited number of customers. Such contracts are often with systems integrators,
which in turn provide the Company's products to service providers as part of
larger telecommunications infrastructure projects. To date, approximately
eighteen customers have accounted for all of the Company's sales. During the 12
months ended June 30, 1997, three customers, Associated Communications, Nortel
and SAT, accounted for approximately 13%, 44%, and 29%, respectively, or an
aggregate of approximately 86%, of the Company's sales of XP4 products and six
customers accounted for over 93% of XP4 sales. Similarly, as of June 30, 1997,
two customers, Nortel and SAT, accounted for approximately 27% and 40%,
respectively, or an aggregate of approximately 67%, of the Company's backlog.
See "Business -- Backlog." Historically, a significant percentage of the
Company's products have been purchased by customers for use in single
large-scale projects. For example, virtually all of the Company's sales to
Nortel (or approximately 44% of the Company's total XP4 sales through June 30,
1997) were for use in a single large-scale project undertaken by Globtel in
Slovakia. Due to the Company's limited operating history and limited number of
customers to date, it is difficult, if not impossible, for the Company to
accurately predict the mix or nature of infrastructure projects which could be
the basis for its product sales to systems integrators. However, the Company
anticipates that revenue derived from current and future large customers and
large-scale projects will continue to represent a significant proportion of its
total revenues. Because of the small size of the Company's customer base, the
loss of, or reduced demand for products from any customer for any reason,
including business failure of the customer, abandonment or delay of the
underlying project or changes in government policy or general economic
conditions, for example, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business -- Customers."
5
<PAGE> 8
DEPENDENCE ON DISTRIBUTION RELATIONSHIPS
The Company's product distribution strategy is to rely principally on
developing relationships with wireless systems integrators for international
sales, and to make direct sales to service providers in North and Central
America and certain other countries on a case-by-case basis. To date, the
Company has established strategic relationships with NERA and SAT. See
"Business -- Distribution Relationships." There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to establish distribution relationships with other systems
integrators or that existing relationships will be successful. Thus, the loss of
one or more major distribution relationships, or any significant reduction of
orders by or the business failure of a distributor, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. If the Company is unable to establish additional distribution
relationships, it will be unable to implement its distribution strategy and be
required to seek other distribution channels. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to successfully implement such alternative distribution
channels or that the costs of doing so, or the result of any delays in
establishing such channels, will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore,
if the Company is unable to produce and sell its products at margins that permit
it to provide systems integrators with a sufficient financial incentive to
distribute the Company's products without adversely affecting the Company's
profitability, the Company's distribution strategy could adversely affect the
Company's net income.
There are a number of other risks inherent in the Company's distribution
strategy. Agreements with systems integrators are typically terminable on short
notice and generally do not prohibit the systems integrators from distributing
products competitive with those manufactured by the Company. Thus, there can be
no assurance that such distributors will promote the Company's products
aggressively or achieve greater market penetration for the Company's products
than for competing products, that such relationships will not be terminated
prior to achievement of the Company's marketing objectives, or that the
establishment of multiple relationships will not result in excessive competition
among authorized distributors, resulting in price erosion or interference with
service provider relationships or other distribution arrangements. In addition,
because of its distribution strategy, the Company is dependent upon the
financial viability, reputation and success of its distributors, with the result
that the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could
be adversely affected by factors unrelated to the Company's performance.
The Company has granted SAT exclusive distribution rights with respect to
France, Hungary, Poland, Italy, Monaco and Andorra, which in certain instances
could survive for up to five years after termination of the Company's
distribution agreement with SAT and prevent the Company from distributing XP4
products in these countries. To the extent that the Company grants similar
rights to other distributors in the future, it will be solely dependent upon the
success of its chosen distributor for sales into a particular territory. In
certain instances, even the establishment of non-exclusive distribution
relationships may preclude or make it more difficult to establish similar
relationships with other systems integrators who compete directly with the
Company's distributors, or prevent the Company from marketing its products
directly. The Company has also granted SAT and NERA the right to produce the
Company's products, and, in certain instances, the right to use the Company's
technology. See "-- Risks Associated with Grants of Limited Manufacturing
Rights." The Company's distribution agreements with SAT and NERA contain
"most-favored customer" clauses, and the Company anticipates that additional
distribution arrangements which it enters in the future may contain similar
clauses. These contractual limitations on the Company's ability to price its
products may adversely affect the Company's operating margins and volume of
sales and, therefore, its business, financial condition and results of
operations.
SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS IN RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Company may in the future experience significant fluctuations in sales,
gross margins and operating results. In connection with its efforts to ramp-up
production of recently introduced products, the Company expects to continue to
make substantial capital investments in equipment, to recruit and train
additional personnel, and possibly to increase outsourcing of components or
invest in additional manufacturing facilities. The Company anticipates that
these expenditures may be made in advance of, and in anticipation of, increased
sales and, therefore, that its gross margins will be adversely affected from
time-to-time due to short-term inefficiencies associated with addition of
equipment, personnel or facilities, and that costs may increase as a percentage
of revenues from time-to-time on a periodic basis. As a result, the Company's
operating results will vary. Because of the relatively small size of the
6
<PAGE> 9
Company's customer base and the large-scale nature of the projects in which the
Company's products are typically used, revenues derived from current and future
large customers and large-scale projects will likely represent a significant
portion of revenue in any given period. Thus, a decrease in demand for products
from any customer for any reason, including the business failure of the customer
or abandonment or delay of a particular project, or change in government policy
or general economic conditions may result in significant periodic fluctuations
in sales. Similarly, revenues derived from large-scale projects are often
difficult to forecast due to a relatively long time frame for implementing such
projects. Delays can be caused by delays in site acquisition by service
providers, late deliveries by other vendors, changes in implementation
priorities, slower than anticipated growth, declining demand for the services
that the Company's products support and delays in obtaining regulatory approvals
for installation of such systems. Delays and reductions in the planned
deployment of systems utilizing the Company's products can also be caused by
declines in the local economy or capital availability, and by import controls.
The Company's operating results for a particular period may be materially
adversely affected by delay, rescheduling or cancellation of one or more
purchase orders. Moreover, purchase orders are often received and accepted
substantially in advance of shipment, and the failure to reduce costs to the
extent anticipated, or an increase in anticipated costs before shipment, could
materially adversely affect the gross margins for such order, and as a result,
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Many new
service providers do not have the financial resources of existing service
providers. To the extent these new service providers are unable to adequately
finance their operations, they may cancel orders. The Company has at times
failed to fill orders on a timely basis due principally to capacity constraints.
A delay in a shipment near the end of a particular quarter, due to, for example,
an unanticipated shipment rescheduling, a cancellation or deferral by a
customer, competitive or economic factors, unexpected manufacturing or other
difficulties, delays in deliveries of components, subassemblies or services by
suppliers, or the failure to receive an anticipated order, may cause sales in a
particular period to fall significantly below the Company's expectations and may
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations for such period.
A large portion of the Company's expenses are fixed and difficult to reduce
should revenues not meet the Company's expectations, thus magnifying the
material adverse effect of any revenue shortfall. Furthermore, announcements by
the Company or its competitors of new products and technologies could cause
customers to defer or cancel purchases of the Company's systems, which would
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. Additional factors that have caused or may cause the
Company's sales, gross margins and results of operations to vary significantly
from period to period include: existing and new product development,
introduction and enhancement, including related costs; the Company's ability to
manufacture and produce sufficient products to meet customer requirements;
limitations on manufacturing capacity; the Company's ability to reduce costs;
gain or loss by the Company of significant customers; changes in pricing by the
Company, its customers or suppliers; inventory obsolescence; market acceptance
and the timing of availability of new products by the Company or its customers;
use of different distribution and sales channels; natural disasters or adverse
weather; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; delays or changes in
regulatory approval of the Company's products; increases in warranty and
customer support expenses; and general economic and political conditions. In
addition, the Company's results of operations have been, and will continue to
be, influenced significantly by competitive factors including the pricing and
availability of, and demand for, competitive products. All of the above factors
could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations. As a result, the Company believes that
period-to-period comparisons are not necessarily meaningful and should not be
relied upon as indications of future performance. Due to all the foregoing
factors, it is likely that in some future quarter the Company's operating
results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors.
In such event, the price of the Company's Common Stock may be materially
adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON SINGLE PRODUCT LINE
Substantially all of the Company's product sales since mid-1996 have been
derived from sales of its 18 GHz, 23 GHz and 38 GHz XP4 radio systems. The
Company's business strategy includes efforts to reduce its reliance on revenues
from its existing products by developing new products and product enhancements,
including a lower cost product line and a high-capacity system. The Company's
prior generation of radios, the XP3, did not achieve market
7
<PAGE> 10
acceptance, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
reduce its reliance on sales of its current XP4 products by developing new
products that achieve market acceptance or enhancing its existing products. As a
result, any factor adversely affecting the sales of such products would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, and
results of operations. See "Business -- Products."
UNCERTAINTY OF MARKET ACCEPTANCE
The Company's success will depend upon its recently developed XP4 radio
systems achieving broad market acceptance. The Company believes that this
acceptance is dependent upon the XP4's ability to successfully compete on the
basis of performance, reliability, cost, ease of installation, adaptability and
upgradeability. The Company must, among other things, offer additional products
with superior price/performance characteristics, supply its products on a timely
and cost-effective basis in sufficient volume to satisfy prospective customers'
requirements and otherwise overcome any reluctance on the part of systems
integrators or service providers to transition to new products. There can be no
assurance that service providers or systems integrators will design
telecommunications networks to include the Company's products, or will continue
to include the Company's systems in their networks in the future, or that the
Company's products will replace existing products or achieve widespread
acceptance in the wireless telecommunications market.
From its inception through 1992, the Company manufactured a line of
Television Receive Only antennas, most of which were sold to a single customer
in Europe. This product line was discontinued by the Company in 1992. In 1992,
the Company began developing millimeter wave radios. In 1993, the Company
shipped its first radios, based on its initial architecture, the XP3. Because
the XP3 failed to gain market acceptance and proved difficult to manufacture in
commercial quantities, the Company discontinued its production in 1994. Any
failure of the XP4 radio systems to gain and maintain market acceptance, or of
the Company to improve upon its current market position or to achieve acceptable
gross margins, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
LIMITED PRODUCTION CAPACITY; NO ASSURANCE OF SUCCESSFUL EXPANSION OF OPERATIONS
During the last three fiscal quarters, demand for the Company's products
exceeded its production capacity. This resulted in some delays in delivery of
products and some lost orders. The Company believes that its present
manufacturing capacity continues to be inadequate to meet anticipated demand on
a timely basis. The Company's business plan is to continue to expand its
manufacturing capacity by purchasing additional equipment, hiring additional
personnel, further developing its proprietary test software to improve
productivity, increasing the efficiency of its production processes, and, in
certain instances, by externally subcontracting additional assembly, calibration
and testing processes. In addition, if the Company is to achieve its objectives,
it will be required to significantly expand its sales, marketing and customer
support capabilities. Due to the Company's limited experience with large scale
operations, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to develop
internally, or contract with third parties for, additional manufacturing
capacity on acceptable terms, that it will be able to maintain the quality of
its products as production increases, or that it will develop the administrative
and other structures necessary to support expanded operations. If the Company is
unable to increase its production capacity significantly, it will not realize
its business plan.
The Company's arrangements with its customers typically require that orders
be shipped not more than 60 days after the order. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to increase its production capacity at an acceptable
cost or rapidly enough to fill its orders. The failure to assemble and ship
products on a timely basis could damage relationships with customers and result
in cancellation of orders or lost orders, which would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Manufacturing" and "-- Distributor Relationships."
The Company currently conducts its manufacturing operations for all of its
products in a single facility in Seattle, Washington. If the Company's
facilities or the facilities of its suppliers were incapable of operating, even
temporarily, or were unable to operate at or near full capacity for any extended
period, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
could be materially adversely affected. In connection with the expansion of its
capacity, the Company may seek to develop one or more additional manufacturing
facilities, including, possibly, facilities located
8
<PAGE> 11
outside the Seattle, Washington area. Although there can be no assurance such a
facility will be added, the development of any such facilities would
significantly increase the complexity of the Company's operations.
NO ASSURANCE OF PRODUCT QUALITY, PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY
The Company's ability to achieve sales will depend in significant part upon
its ability to obtain and fulfill orders from, maintain good relationships with,
and provide support to existing and new customers, and to manufacture products
on a timely and cost-effective basis to meet stringent customer performance
requirements and shipment and delivery dates. Some early shipments of XP4
products experienced some problems with a power source component produced by a
third party. Because of the Company's short operating history and the short time
that the XP4 products have been in production, there can be no assurance that
problems will not occur with respect to the quality, performance and reliability
of the Company's products. If such problems occur, the Company could experience
increased costs or delays in, cancellations of, or rescheduling of orders or
shipments, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
REQUIREMENT FOR RESPONSES TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND REQUIREMENT FOR
FREQUENT NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS
The wireless communications market is subject to rapid technological
change, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, product
obsolescence, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards.
To be competitive, the Company must successfully develop, introduce and sell new
products or product enhancements that respond to changing customer requirements
on a timely and cost-effective basis. Any success of the Company in developing
new and enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors including: timely
and efficient completion of system design; timely and efficient implementation
of assembly, calibration, and test processes; sourcing of components;
development and completion of related software; the reliability, cost and
quality of its products; market acceptance; and development and introduction of
competitive products by competitors. The Company has experienced and may
experience delays from time-to-time in completing development and introduction
of new products. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in selecting, developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or
product enhancements. The inability of the Company to introduce in a timely
manner new products or product enhancements that contribute to sales could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, changes in manufacturing operations to
incorporate new products and processes could cause disruptions in production,
which, in turn, could adversely affect customer relationships and the market's
acceptance of the Company's products, and have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Manufacturing" and "-- Research and Development."
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
The growth of the Company's operations since the introduction of the XP4
product line has imposed, and will continue to impose, a significant strain on
the Company's financial resources as well as its product design, assembly, test
and calibration capabilities. To alleviate the impact of the strain, the Company
must successfully manage the transition to higher manufacturing volumes,
establishment of additional facilities, control of overhead expenses and
inventories, development, introduction, marketing and sales of new products and
product enhancements, management and training of its employees, and monitoring
of third-party contractors and suppliers. Accordingly, the Company will need to
significantly expand its internal management and information systems and
implement necessary procedures and controls. Failure to develop and implement
these systems, procedures and controls to effectively manage the Company's
growth in operations in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
The principal means by which the Company maintains its books and records as
well as the bulk of its purchasing and manufacturing data is a relatively simple
PC-network based system. To the extent that the Company continues to grow, this
system may need to be replaced or upgraded.
9
<PAGE> 12
NO ASSURANCE OF COST REDUCTIONS
To compete successfully, the Company believes that it needs to achieve
significant reductions in production costs. The Company's objective is to
achieve these reductions through engineering improvements and economies of scale
in production and purchasing. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to achieve the desired cost savings. Its failure to do so would have a
material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
POSSIBLE DECLINE IN PRICES
The Company believes that average selling prices and gross margins for its
products will decline as such products mature, as volume price discounts in
contracts take effect and as competition intensifies, among other factors. To
offset declining selling prices, the Company believes that it must successfully
reduce the costs of production of its existing products and introduce and sell
new products and product enhancements on a timely basis at a lower cost or that
incorporate features that enable them to be sold at higher average selling
prices. To the extent that the Company is unable to reduce costs sufficiently to
offset declining average selling prices, the Company's gross margins will
decline, and such decline would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations and particularly on the
Company's ability to profitably pursue its distribution strategy. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Research and Development" and "-- Distribution
Relationships".
SINGLE OR LIMITED SOURCES OF SUPPLY
Certain parts and components used in the Company's products, including the
field programmable gate arrays supplied by Xylinx, monolithic microwave
integrated circuits ("MMICs") and hybrids of certain frequencies supplied by
Hewlett-Packard, saw filters supplied by Sawtek, microprocessors supplied by
Motorola and power supplies supplied by Calex are presently only available from
a single source. Certain other parts and components used in the Company's
products are available from a limited number of sources. The Company's reliance
on these single source or limited source suppliers involves certain risks and
uncertainties, including the possibility of a shortage or discontinuation of
certain key components and reduced control over delivery schedules,
manufacturing capability, quality and cost. Any reduced availability of such
parts or components when required could materially impair the Company's ability
to manufacture and deliver its products on a timely basis and result in the
cancellation of orders which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,
the purchase of certain key components involves long lead times and, in the
event of unanticipated increases in demand for the Company's products, the
Company may be unable to obtain such components in sufficient quantities to meet
its customers' requirements. The Company does not have guaranteed supply
arrangements with many of its single or limited source suppliers, does not
maintain an extensive inventory of parts or components and customarily purchases
single or limited source parts and components pursuant to purchase orders.
Business disruptions, production shortfalls or financial difficulties of a
single or limited source supplier could materially and adversely impact the
Company by increasing product costs, or reducing or eliminating or delaying the
availability of such parts or components. In such event, the inability of the
Company to develop alternative sources of supply quickly and on a cost-effective
basis could materially impair the Company's ability to manufacture and deliver
its products on a timely basis and could have a material adverse effect on its
business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business -- Manufacturing."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's future operating results depend in significant part upon the
continued contributions of each of its eight key technical and senior management
personnel, including Francois Grenon, the Company's Chief Executive Officer,
each of whom would be difficult to replace, as there is a limited number of
people with the necessary skills and experience to develop and manufacture
millimeter wave radios. The development and manufacture of millimeter wave
radios is extremely complicated, and the knowledge and experience of each of its
key technical and management personnel is critical to the Company's ability to
develop new products and product enhancements. The Company has not entered into
long-term employment or non-competition agreements with any of such personnel,
or any other employees, the Company does not maintain key-man life insurance on
any of its key technical or senior management personnel and its senior
management personnel do not generally have significant equity interests in the
Company. In
10
<PAGE> 13
addition, the Company anticipates that it will need additional management
personnel if it is to be successful in increasing production capacity and the
scale of its operations. There can be no assurance that it will be able to
obtain such personnel on acceptable terms.
The Company's future operating results also depend in significant part upon
its ability to attract and retain qualified engineering, manufacturing, quality
assurance, sales, marketing and customer support personnel. Competition for such
personnel is intense. The Company has experienced difficulties over the past
nine months in recruiting sufficient qualified engineering and manufacturing
personnel in the Seattle area, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel. There may be only
a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these
positions, and it may be increasingly difficult for the Company to hire such
personnel over time. The loss of any key employee, the failure of any key
employee to perform in his or her current position, the Company's inability to
attract and retain skilled employees as needed or the inability of the officers
and key employees of the Company to expand, train and manage the Company's
employee base could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Employees" and
"-- Management."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES
Approximately 84% of the Company's XP4 sales through June 30, 1997 were
made to customers located outside of the United States. For the nine month
fiscal period ended December 31, 1996, 50% of total sales were to a single
customer in Canada, and 50% and 28% of total sales for the six months ended June
30, 1997 were to a single customer in each of Canada and France, respectively.
The Company anticipates that international sales will continue to account
for at least a majority of its sales for the foreseeable future. The Company's
international sales may be denominated in foreign or United States currencies.
The Company does not currently engage in foreign currency hedging transactions
as all sales to date have been in U.S. dollars. However, if a material amount of
future sales are denominated in foreign currency, a decrease in the value of
foreign currencies relative to the United States dollar could result in losses
from such transactions. In such event, the Company might seek to limit its
exposure to foreign currency transactions by hedging strategies. There can be no
assurance that any such strategy would be successful in avoiding
exchange-related losses. With respect to the Company's international sales that
are United States dollar denominated, such a decrease could make the Company's
systems less price-competitive, or could cause distributors or customers to
renegotiate prices for subsequent purchases, both of which could have a material
adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. Additional risks inherent in the Company's international business
activities include changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade
barriers, political and economic instability, difficulties in staffing and
managing foreign operations, difficulties in managing distributors, customs
requirements, potentially adverse tax consequences, the burden of complying with
a wide variety of complex foreign laws and treaties, difficulties in obtaining
necessary equipment authorizations and the possibility of difficulty in accounts
receivable collections. Distribution and sales agreements entered into with
foreign customers may be governed by foreign laws which may differ significantly
from U.S. laws. Therefore, the Company may be limited in its ability to enforce
its rights under such agreements and to collect damages, if awarded. There can
be no assurance that any of these factors will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
If service providers in developing markets do not construct wireless
telecommunications systems, or construction of such systems is delayed for a
variety of reasons, demand for the Company's products in those markets will be
also limited or delayed. In relying on direct or indirect sales to service
providers in developing markets, the Company may also face economic, political
and foreign currency fluctuations that are more volatile than those commonly
experienced in the United States and other areas.
DEPENDENCE ON GROWTH OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS MARKET
The future operating results of the Company depend to a significant extent
upon the continued growth and increased availability and acceptance of cellular
and PCS/PCN and wireless local loop access telecommunications services
internationally and, to a lesser extent, in the United States. There can be no
assurance that the volume and variety of wireless telecommunications services or
the markets for and acceptance of such services will grow, or that
11
<PAGE> 14
such services will create a demand for the Company's systems. If the millimeter
wave radio market fails to grow, or grows more slowly than anticipated, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be
materially adversely affected. Certain sectors of the communications market will
require the development and deployment of an extensive and expensive
communications infrastructure. In particular, the establishment of cellular and
PCS/PCN networks in the U.S. and other countries will require very large capital
expenditures. There can be no assurance that communications providers have the
ability, or be willing to, make the necessary investment in such infrastructure,
or that the creation of this infrastructure will occur in a timely manner.
Moreover, purchase of the Company's systems for local loop service is dependent
on the pricing of wireless telecommunications services at rates competitive with
those charged by wireline telephone companies. In the U.S., rates for wireless
access are currently substantially higher than those charged by wireline
companies, and there can be no assurance that rates for wireless access will be
competitive with rates charged by wireline companies in the U.S. or elsewhere.
If wireless access rates are not competitive, demand for wireless access may be
materially adversely affected. If the Company allocates its resources, or relies
heavily on a system provider that allocates it resources, to any market segment
that does not grow as rapidly as projected, it may be unable to reallocate its
resources to other market segments in a timely manner, which may curtail or
eliminate its ability to enter such market segments, and may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
INTENSELY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY
The wireless communications market is intensely competitive. The Company's
millimeter wave radio systems compete with other wireless telecommunications
products and alternative telecommunications transmission services. The principal
competitive factors in this market include product performance and reliability,
ability to meet delivery requirements, price, ease of installation, adaptability
and upgradeability and other product features. The Company experiences intense
competition worldwide from a number of leading telecommunications companies that
offer a variety of competitive products and broader telecommunications product
lines, including Alcatel Network Systems, California Microwave, Inc., Digital
Microwave Corporation, Ericsson Limited, Harris Corporation -- Farinon Division,
Nokia Telecommunications and P-COM, Inc., all of which have substantially
greater installed bases, financial resources and production, marketing,
manufacturing, engineering and other capabilities than the Company. The Company
may also face competition in the future from new market entrants offering
competing technologies. In addition, the Company's current and prospective
customers and distributors have developed, are currently developing or could
develop the capability to manufacture products competitive with those that have
been or may be developed by the Company. Certain distributors have access to the
Company's technology or have been granted the right to use the technology for
purposes of manufacturing under defined circumstances. See "-- Risks of Limited
Manufacturing Rights." The Company's future results of operations may depend in
part upon the extent to which these customers elect to purchase rather than
develop and manufacture their own radio systems. The Company expects that its
competitors will continue to improve the performance and lower the price of
their current products, and to introduce new products or new technologies that
may be comparable or superior to the Company's current products, which could
cause a significant decline in sales or loss of market acceptance of the
Company's products or render the Company's technologies obsolete or
non-competitive. The Company expects to continue to experience significant price
competition that may materially adversely affect its gross margins and its
business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company believes
that to be competitive, it will be required to expend significant resources on,
among other items, new product development, and product enhancement and cost
reduction. As a result there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to compete successfully. See "Business -- Competition."
POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL
The Company's future capital requirements will depend upon many factors,
including the success or failure of the Company's efforts to expand its
production, sales and marketing efforts, the status of competitive products, and
the requirements of the Company's efforts to develop new products and product
enhancements. The Company believes that current capital resources, together with
anticipated net proceeds from the offering are adequate to fund its operations
for at least twelve months. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company
will not require additional financing to accomplish its planned expansion of
production capacity and related infrastructure. In such event, there can be no
assurance that additional financing will be available to the Company on
acceptable terms, or at all, or that such financing may not result in further
dilution to existing stockholders. The Company may be required
12
<PAGE> 15
to obtain funds through its arrangements with partners or others that may
require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies or
potential products or other assets. If adequate funds are not available, the
Company may be required to delay, scale back or eliminate its expansion of
production, administration, and its research and development programs. Any
inability to obtain needed financing by the Company could have a material
adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN BACKLOG
The Company's current backlog consists of a relatively small number of
large orders for XP4 equipment, principally from SAT for use by Bouygues Telecom
and Nortel for use by Globtel, and is attributable largely to limitations in the
Company's current production capacity. Purchase orders are often received and
accepted substantially in advance of shipment and are generally cancelable prior
to shipment. As a result, backlog may not result in revenues or, as of any
particular date, be a reliable indicator of sales for any future period.
Furthermore, the Company's business strategy is to reduce the period between
receipt and shipment of orders by increasing production capacity. Thus, the
Company does not expect backlog will remain at current levels as a percentage of
sales. Furthermore, due to the many factors affecting decisions by customers to
place orders and the relative impact of a small number of large orders, backlog
may fluctuate significantly. Such fluctuations may adversely affect the price of
the Common Stock. See "Business -- Backlog."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GRANTS OF LIMITED MANUFACTURING RIGHTS
Some of the Company's existing and anticipated distribution relationships
with systems integrators involve or may involve the granting of rights enabling
the systems integrators to manufacture millimeter wave radios using the
Company's proprietary designs and technologies. For example, the Company has
granted SAT certain non-exclusive perpetual rights to use XP4 technology to
develop new radios for frequencies below 15GHz, and to manufacture and sell XP4
products in that frequency range, subject to limitations as to the place of
manufacture. The Company has also granted SAT non-exclusive perpetual rights to
manufacture and sell certain XP4 products of 18GHz or greater, subject to
limitations as to the place of manufacture, as well as quantity restrictions
which may be released under certain conditions. As a result of these grants, SAT
may be able to compete directly with the Company in the production and sale of
radios in various frequency ranges. The Company has granted NERA rights to
manufacture XP4 products in the event that the Company fails to meet its
delivery requirements under its distribution agreement with NERA. Distribution
arrangements that the Company enters in the future may contain similar grants of
manufacturing rights. See "Business -- Distribution Relationships." The
negotiation of limited manufacturing rights typically involves highly sensitive
business issues such as sharing of the Company's proprietary information, rights
to Company-developed and jointly-developed improvements, preservation of rights
to next-generation product designs, conditions and limitations under which such
manufacturing rights may be utilized and compensation for the use of proprietary
information and technologies. Because the negotiated compensation to the Company
from third-party-manufactured units results in lower margins than those earned
on Company manufactured units, the Company attempts to negotiate limits on the
amount of third-party manufacturing and to contractually protect its business
interests although it is not always able to do so. There can be no assurance
that negotiated limitations, if any, on the exercise of such rights will be
sufficient to prevent such exercise from having a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Nor is there
any assurance that contractual provisions and related legal remedies will be
adequate to prevent distributors from making unauthorized disclosures, or
excessive or unanticipated uses of the Company's proprietary designs and
technologies or sales of such products. Granting of manufacturing rights, in
general may also create competition between the Company and its distributors
over access to critical components that may be in limited or short supply. See
"Business -- Manufacturing".
EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Radio communications are subject to extensive regulation by foreign and
U.S. laws and international treaties. The Company's systems must conform to a
variety of international and domestic requirements established to, among other
things, avoid interference among users of radio frequencies and to permit
interconnection of equipment. In order for the Company's radios to be used in a
foreign jurisdiction, regulatory approval for its systems must be obtained and
13
<PAGE> 16
end users must comply with such regulations. Regulatory bodies worldwide are
continuing the process of adopting new standards for wireless communication
products. The delays inherent in this governmental approval process may cause
the cancellation, postponement or rescheduling of the installation of
communications systems by the Company's customers, which in turn may have a
material adverse effect on the sale of systems by the Company to such customers.
The Company's arrangements with its distributors generally provide for the
distributor to obtain the regulatory approvals applicable to use of the
Company's products in the countries into which they are sold by the
distributors. The Company believes that its XP4 products currently comply with
all applicable U.S. and foreign regulations in countries in which its sales are
material, but changes in these regulations, the need to comply with regulations
in additional countries in the event of sales into those countries, or a failure
by the Company's distributors to obtain necessary approvals or permits in
connection with sales to service providers in a country could require the
Company to change the features of its radio systems and thereby incur
substantial costs and experience delays in radio system installation or
operation in countries in which its sales are material. Equipment to support new
services can be marketed only if permitted by suitable frequency allocations,
auctions and regulations, and the process of establishing new regulations is
complex and lengthy. To the extent systems integrators or service providers are
delayed in deploying these systems, the Company could experience delays in
orders. These delays could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
The regulatory environment in which the Company operates is subject to
significant change. Regulatory changes, which are affected by political,
economic and technical factors, could significantly impact the Company's
operations by restricting network development efforts by the Company's customers
or end users, making current systems obsolete or increasing the opportunity for
additional competition. Any such regulatory changes could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company might deem it necessary or advisable to modify its
systems to operate in compliance with such regulations. Such modifications could
be extremely expensive and time-consuming. See "Business -- Government
Regulation."
UNCERTAINTY REGARDING PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
The Company does not hold any patents regarding the technology and
expertise involved in the assembly, calibration and testing of its XP4 products.
The Company relies on technological innovations, trade secrets and expertise to
develop and maintain its competitive position, and upon confidentiality
procedures, common law remedies and contractual provisions to protect its
proprietary rights. The Company's agreements with its distributors generally
contain non-competition and non-disclosure provisions prohibiting the
distributor from manufacturing products based on the Company's designs for the
term of the agreement and for a short period thereafter. In general, the Company
has not entered into non-competition agreements with its management and other
employees or into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with system
integrators or service providers.
The Company's success will depend in part on its ability to protect its
technology and preserve its trade secrets through common law and contractual
restrictions. There can be no assurance that the trade secrecy or other measures
taken by the Company will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its
technology, or that competitors will not be able to independently develop
technologies having similar or better functions or performance characteristics.
In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect the Company's
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. There
can be no assurance that the Company will have adequate legal remedy to prevent
or seek redress for future unauthorized misappropriation of the Company's
technology.
The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid technological
change, with frequent introductions of new products and technologies. As a
result, industry participants often find it necessary to develop products and
features similar to those introduced by others, increasing the risk that their
products and processes may give rise to claims that they infringe the patents of
others. Accordingly, the Company's current and future products and processes, or
uses thereof, may conflict with patents that have been granted or may be granted
to competitors or others. Such competitors or others could bring legal actions
against the Company or its customers, claiming damages and seeking to enjoin
manufacturing, marketing or use of the affected product or processes. Similarly,
the Company may in the future find it necessary to commence litigation in order
to enforce and protect its proprietary rights. If the Company becomes involved
in any such litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of the Company's
resources and result in a significant diversion of management's attention. If
the outcome of any such litigation were adverse to the Company or its customers,
its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely
14
<PAGE> 17
affected. In addition to any potential liability for damages, the Company or its
customers could be enjoined from continuing to manufacture, market or use the
affected product or process, and could be required to obtain a license in order
to continue such manufacture, marketing or use. There can be no assurance that
the Company or its customers would prevail in any such action or that any
license required under any such patent would be made available on acceptable
terms, if at all.
LIMITATIONS ON USE OF NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") imposes
certain limitations on the ability of a "loss corporation" to use its net
operating losses ("NOLs") to offset its future taxable income in taxable years
following an "ownership change" (including an ownership change resulting from
the issuance of stock). In general, an ownership change occurs if the percentage
(as measured by value) of the loss corporation's stock (other than certain
preferred stock) which is owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more 5%
shareholders (or certain groups of shareholders collectively treated as a 5%
shareholder) is increased by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest
percentage of stock owned by such 5% shareholders at any time during the
applicable "testing period" of three years or less. In the event of an ownership
change, the amount of pre-change NOLs that the loss corporation can use to
offset its taxable income in a post-change taxable year will generally be
limited to an amount equal to the product of the "long-term tax-exempt rate" in
effect on the date of the ownership change and the value of the loss
corporation's stock immediately prior to the ownership change (without taking
into account for such valuation purposes certain capital contributions received
by the loss corporation during the two-year period preceding the ownership
change) (the "Section 382 limitation"). The long-term tax-exempt rate is an
interest rate based upon certain specified U.S. Treasury debt obligations
adjusted for differences between rates on taxable and tax-exempt obligations and
announced on a monthly basis by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, if
the loss corporation does not continue its historic business or continue to use
a substantial portion of its historic assets in its business for a two-year
period following an ownership change, the Section 382 limitation would be
reduced to zero, with the effect that no portion of the pre-change NOLs would be
available to offset future taxable income (except in certain very limited
circumstances).
The Company has reviewed past issuances of stock, grants of options and
warrants to acquire Company stock and issuances of debt instruments convertible
into Company stock, as well as share transfers among its shareholders, to
determine the effect of such events under Section 382 of the Code. Based on such
review, the Company believes that ownership changes occurred on both February
20, 1992 and February 13, 1995, and that as a result, the NOLs incurred by the
Company prior to such dates are subject to the Section 382 limitation. Thus, to
the extent that the Company's taxable income in a post-change taxable year
exceeds the amount of the Section 382 limitation, the Company's federal income
tax liability for such taxable year would be greater than it would otherwise be
if the pre-change NOLs were fully available to offset such taxable income. The
Company believes that the availability of the cumulative NOL incurred through
February 13, 1995 will not be limited by the Section 382 limitation. The Company
further believes that its issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering,
when combined with other events subsequent to February 13, 1995, should not
result in another ownership change. However, there can be no assurance that
future events, such as the Company's issuance of additional shares of Common
Stock or transfers of outstanding shares of Common Stock by the Company's
shareholders, will not cause an ownership change to occur in the future. In the
event of any such future ownership change, the Company's ability to use some or
all of its NOLs incurred after February 13, 1995 to offset its future taxable
income would also become subject to the Section 382 limitation. As of June 30,
1997 the Company had remaining NOLs of approximately $37.2 million.
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives of the Underwriters
and may not be indicative of the market price for the Common Stock in the
future. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop or be sustained after this Offering. The
Company believes that factors such as announcements of developments related to
the Company's business; announcements of technological innovations or new
products or enhancements by the Company or its competitors; sales by
competitors, including sales to the Company's customers; sales of the Company's
Common Stock into the public market, including by members of
15
<PAGE> 18
management; developments in the Company's relationships with its customers,
partners, distributors and suppliers; shortfalls or changes in revenues, gross
margins, earnings or losses or other financial results from analysts'
expectations; regulatory developments; fluctuations in results of operations;
and general conditions in the Company's market, or the markets served by the
Company's customers, or the economy could cause the price of the Company's
Common Stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. In addition, in recent years
the stock market, in general, and the market for shares of small capitalization
and technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price
fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of
affected companies. Many companies in the telecommunications industry have
recently experienced historic highs in the market price of their common stock.
There can be no assurance that the market price of the Company's Common Stock
will not experience significant fluctuations in the future, including
fluctuations that are unrelated to the Company's performance. Such fluctuations
could materially adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH DEVELOPING TECHNOLOGIES; PRODUCT LIABILITY
If wireless telecommunications systems are determined, perceived or alleged
to create a health risk, the Company could be named as a defendant, and held
liable, in product liability lawsuits commenced by individuals alleging that the
Company's products harmed them. The occurrence of any of such event could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. Any alleged health or environmental risk could also lead to
a delay or prohibition against the installation of wireless networks which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. In addition, an inability to maintain insurance at an
acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability
could inhibit the commercialization of the Company's products and have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. Further, the installation of wireless networks may be
delayed or prohibited by various environmental regulations. Any such delay or
prohibition would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
BROAD DISCRETION OF MANAGEMENT TO ALLOCATE OFFERING PROCEEDS
The Company expects to use approximately $5.6 million of the net proceeds
to repay the outstanding principal and interest on its outstanding credit
facility, approximately $8.5 million for the purchase of equipment, and the
remaining $10.0 million for working capital and other general corporate
purposes, such as supporting growth in inventory and receivables, and hiring
additional personnel in connection with the Company's efforts to increase its
production capacity and scope of operations and research and development and
sales and marketing activities. The Company's management will have broad
discretion to allocate the proceeds of the Offering, and the amounts actually
expended for each use listed above may vary significantly depending on a number
of factors, including the amount of future revenues, the amount of cash
generated or used by the Company's operations, the progress of the Company's
product development efforts, technological advances, and the status of
competitive products.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE AFTER THE OFFERING
Upon completion of this Offering, 12,139,006 shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants to purchase
stock of the Company, (12,514,006 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) of which the 2,500,000 shares offered hereby
(2,875,000 if the Underwriters over-allotment is exercised in full) will be
freely tradable on the public market, except to the extent that such shares are
held by an affiliate of the Company. Of the remaining 9,639,006 outstanding
shares, 444,629 shares are eligible for public sale immediately after this
Offering pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), 9,175 shares will become eligible for public sale 90 days
after the date of this Offering pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act
and 7,719,666 shares will become eligible for public sale 180 days after the
date of this Offering upon the expiration of lock-up agreements entered into by
holders of substantially all of the Common Stock not being sold in this Offering
(the "Lock-Up Agreements"). All officers, directors and significant shareholders
and substantially all of the other shareholders of the Company have agreed not
to sell, offer to sell, solicit an offer to buy, contract to sell, grant any
option to purchase, contract to require any other person to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in, any shares of capital stock of
the Company, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for capital stock of the Company, for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus
16
<PAGE> 19
without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, with certain limited
exceptions, and the Company has agreed that it will not, until 180 days
following the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of UBS
Securities LLC, sell, offer or agree to sell, contract to sell, grant any option
to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock, except that the Company may grant additional options and issue stock
under the 1990 Stock Option Plan and the Director Stock Option Plan or issue
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and
warrants. As of the date of this Prospectus, an additional 1,709,517 shares were
issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options. Of the 633,458 shares
issuable upon currently exercisable stock options, 456,188 are subject to
Lock-Up Agreements. Upon expiration of the Lock-Up Agreements, such shares will
be eligible for immediate public sale.
An additional 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock are issuable upon exercise
of warrants outstanding at June 30, 1997, all of which are currently
exercisable. Of these shares, 2,907,233 shares are subject to Lock-Up
Agreements.
Shareholders who will hold an aggregate of 9,549,177 shares of Common Stock
after this Offering have the right to require the Company to register their
shares for sale under the Securities Act, beginning 180 days after the closing
of this Offering. Sales of substantial numbers of shares of Common Stock in the
public market following this Offering could materially adversely affect the
market price for the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and
"Descriptions of Common Stock -- Registration Rights."
CONTROL BY EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS; EFFECTS OF CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
Following the completion of this Offering, members of the Board of
Directors and the officers of the Company, together with entities that may be
deemed affiliates of or related to such persons or entities, will beneficially
own approximately 63% (approximately 65% on a fully diluted basis, assuming the
exercise of all warrants and vested and unvested options held by such persons
and outstanding at June 30, 1997) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of
the Company. Accordingly, these stockholders are able to significantly influence
the election of the members of the Company's Board of Directors and
significantly influence the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder
approval, such as mergers and acquisitions. This level of ownership, together
with certain provisions of the Company's articles of incorporation, equity
incentive plans, bylaws and Washington law, may have a significant effect in
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and may
adversely affect the voting and other rights of other holders of Common Stock.
See "Management -- Directors and Executive Officers," "-- Principal
Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
Investors in Common Stock in the Offering will experience immediate
dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares. Assuming an initial
public offering price of $11.00 per share, dilution to new investors would be
$8.26 per share. Additional dilution will occur upon exercise of outstanding
stock options and warrants. If all of the shares issuable upon the exercise of
stock options granted pursuant to the Company's stock option plans were issued,
dilution to new investors would be $8.30 per share. If the Company seeks
additional capital in the future, the issuance of shares or convertible debt to
obtain such capital may lead to further dilution. See "Dilution."
17
<PAGE> 20
THE COMPANY
The Company was incorporated on June 30, 1989 as a Delaware corporation and
reincorporated as a Washington corporation through a merger with a wholly-owned
subsidiary on May 31, 1991. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
"Company" refers to Innova Corporation and its subsidiaries, Innova Europe
Limited and Techinnova S.A. de C.V. The Company's principal executive offices
are located at Gateway North, Building 2, 3325 South 116th Street, Seattle,
Washington 98168-1974, and its telephone number is (206) 439-9121.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby, based on an assumed initial public offering price
of $11.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, are
estimated to be $24,775,000 ($28,611,250 if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full).
The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering
to repay the outstanding principal and accrued interest of its credit line with
Greyrock Business Credit, a Division of NationsCredit Commercial Corporation
("Greyrock Business Credit"). As of June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance of
this credit line, which matures October 31, 1997, was approximately $4.1
million. The Company will also use a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering
to repay the Company's outstanding principal balance and accrued interest on its
term loan with Greyrock Business Credit, which will become due upon consummation
of the Offering. As of June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance on this term loan
was approximately $1.5 million. The credit line and the term loan each bear
interest at the greater of 4.75% above LIBOR or 8% per annum. The Company has
used both the credit line and the term loan for inventory, supplies and
equipment used to manufacture XP4 products and for general working capital
purposes. The Company currently estimates that approximately $8.5 million of the
proceeds will be applied to acquire equipment. The Company expects to use the
balance of the proceeds from the Offering, approximately $10 million, for
working capital and other general corporate purposes, such as supporting growth
in inventory and receivables and hiring additional personnel in connection with
the Company's efforts to increase its production capacity and scope of
operations and research and development and sales and marketing activities.
Pending their application, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds
from this Offering in government securities or short-term, interest- or
dividend-bearing investment-grade securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has never paid cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company
currently intends to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and
development of its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends or
other distributions on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
18
<PAGE> 21
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the short-term debt and capitalization of
the Company at June 30, 1997 (after giving effect to a 24:1 reverse stock split
and changes in authorized common and redeemable preferred stock, to be effective
upon closing of the Offering) and the short-term debt and capitalization of the
Company as adjusted to give effect to the: (i) conversion of all outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock upon consummation of the Offering; (ii) sale by the
Company of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated Offering expenses; (iii)
application of the estimated net proceeds of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds"
and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The information set
forth below is unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
-------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
-------- ------------
(in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Notes payable......................................................... $ 5,618 $ --
Current installments of obligations under capital leases.............. 1,562 1,562
-------- --------
Total short-term debt............................................... $ 7,180 $ 1,562
======== ========
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments...... $ 1,035 $ 1,035
Redeemable preferred stock, no par value.
13,379,164 shares authorized; 8,682,287 shares issued and
outstanding; 5,000,000 shares authorized and 0 shares issued and
outstanding, as adjusted(1)......................................... 47,769 --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
Common Stock, no par value: 16,666,666 shares authorized; 956,719
shares issued and outstanding; 30,000,000 shares authorized and
12,139,006 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(2)......... 1,398 73,942
Additional paid-in capital.......................................... 3,262 3,262
Deferred stock option compensation expense.......................... (624) (624)
Cumulative translation adjustment................................... 54 54
Accumulated deficit................................................. (43,387) (43,387)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............................. (39,297) 33,247
-------- --------
Total capitalization............................................. $ 9,507 $ 34,282
======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) At June 30, 1997, the Company had 13,379,164 shares of Preferred Stock
authorized, of which 4,166,666 shares were designated as Series A Preferred
Stock, 2,083,333 shares were designated Series B Preferred Stock, 833,333
shares were designated Series C Preferred Stock, 625,000 shares were
designated Series C1 Preferred Stock, 4,166,666 shares were designated as
Series D Preferred Stock, 1,000,000 shares were designated as Series E
Preferred Stock, and 504,166 shares were designated as Series F Preferred
Stock.
(2) As of June 30, 1997. Excludes: (i) 1,655,298 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.19 per share; (ii) an
additional 377,774 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under
the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan; (iii) 48,263 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Company's
Director Stock Option Plan; (iv) an additional 71,737 shares of Common Stock
reserved for future issuance under the Company's Director Stock Option Plan;
and (v) 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants
to Purchase Common Stock. See "Management -- Benefit Plans" and "-- Certain
Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
19
<PAGE> 22
DILUTION
As of June 30, 1997, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company's
Common Stock was approximately $8,330,000, or $0.86 per share. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding, after giving effect to pro forma adjustments consisting of the
conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock. Additionally, after giving
effect to the sale by the Company of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby
and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company, the pro forma net tangible book value
of the Company as of June 30, 1997 would have been approximately $33,247,000 or
$2.74 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book
value of $1.88 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of
$8.26 per share of Common Stock to new investors purchasing shares of Common
Stock in this Offering. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net
tangible book value per share after the Offering from the amount of cash paid by
a new investor for a share of Common Stock.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Public Offering price per share......................... $ 11.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June
30, 1997.............................................. $ 0.86
Increase per share attributable to the Offering......... $ 1.88
------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
Offering(3)........................................... $ 2.74
-------
Dilution per share to investors(3)...................... $ 8.26
=======
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company and shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the
Company's stock option plans, the total consideration paid or payable to the
Company upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Company's stock
option plans and the average price per share payable by Option holders under the
Company's stock option plans or paid by existing shareholders and by new
investors purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (before deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by the Company):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION
-------------------- --------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE
---------- ------- ----------- ------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing shareholders(1)(2)............ 9,639,006 70% $49,530,651 61% $ 5.14
Existing option holders(1)............. 1,703,561 12 $ 4,100,011 5 $ 2.41
Investors(1)........................... 2,500,000 18 $27,500,000 34 $ 11.00
---------- --- ----------- --- ------
Total........................ 13,842,567 100% $81,130,662 100% $ 5.86
========== === =========== === ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The foregoing table reflects ownership at June 30, 1997, giving effect to
the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common
Stock, and a 24:1 reverse stock split to be effective upon the closing of
the Offering, and assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option. Exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option in full would
reduce the proportion of shares held by existing shareholders to 68% of the
total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering and
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options pursuant to
the Company's stock option plans, reduce the proportion of shares subject to
option held by existing option holders to 12% of such total number of
shares, and increase the number of shares held by investors in the offering
to 2,875,000 shares or 20% of such total number of shares.
(2) As of June 30, 1997. Excludes: (i) an additional 377,774 shares of Common
Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's 1990 Stock Option
Plan; (ii) an additional 71,737 shares of Common Stock reserved for future
issuance under the Company's Director Stock Option Plan; and (iii) 2,949,137
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common
Stock. See "Management -- Benefit Plans" and "-- Certain Transactions,"
"Description of Capital Stock" and Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements. To the extent such stock options and warrants are exercised,
there will be further dilution to new investors in the Offering. See
"Management -- Stock Options," "-- Benefit Plans" and "Risk
Factors -- Dilution."
(3) The pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering would be
$2.70 and the dilution per share to investors $8.30 if all of the shares
issuable upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the Company's stock
option plans were issued.
20
<PAGE> 23
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected financial data for the
fiscal periods ended March 31, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and December 31, 1996
are derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company audited by
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent accountants. The selected financial data as
of June 30, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived
from unaudited financial statements prepared by the Company on a basis
consistent with the Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements and, in
the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such
periods. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim
period or for the year ending December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTH
FISCAL
PERIOD SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
---------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, ---------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1996(1) 1996 1997
------- ------- ------- ------- ------------ ------- -------
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total Revenues:
Net product sales......................... $ 200 $ 877 $ 1,151 $ 445 $ 2,051 $ 33 $12,582
Manufacturing contract service revenues... -- -- 1,207 1,517 53 167 --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
200 877 2,358 1,962 2,104 200 12,582
Total cost of products sold:
Cost of products sold..................... 664 2,063 3,703 2,425 3,686 1,885 9,570
Manufacturing contract service expenses... -- -- 812 1,517 53 167 --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
664 2,063 4,515 3,942 3,739 2,052 9,570
Gross profit (loss)......................... (464) (1,186) (2,157) (1,980) (1,635) (1,852) 3,012
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative....... 1,132 1,566 2,067 2,317 2,585 1,533 3,471
Research and development.................. 2,307 2,482 1,892 4,519 2,966 2,374 2,216
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Loss from operations........................ (3,903) (5,234) (6,116) (8,816) (7,186) (5,759) (2,675)
Other income (expense)...................... (13) (166) (202) (245) (143) (131) (338)
Loss from discontinued operations........... (591) -- -- -- -- -- --
Loss on disposal of discontinued
operations................................ (592) -- -- -- -- -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net loss.................................... $(5,099) $(5,400) $(6,318) $(9,061) $ (7,329) $(5,890) $(3,013)
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Pro forma net loss per share(2)........... $ (0.73) $ (0.30)
======= =======
Supplementary net loss per share(2)....... $ (0.72) $ (0.27)
======= =======
Shares used in computing pro forma net
loss per share(2)....................... 10,039,634 10,061,989
Shares used in computing supplementary net
loss per share(2)....................... 10,085,650 10,572,738
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
March 31, June 30, 1997
----------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1996(1) Actual As Adjusted(3)
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- --------------
(in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............. $ 713 $ 527 $ 1,922 $ 287 $ 173 $ 3,834 $ 23,133
Working capital (deficit).............. (1,763) (2,388) 1,815 2,156 (289) 4,371 29,146
Total assets........................... 1,968 2,798 5,093 6,747 7,305 20,208 39,365
Current liabilities.................... 2,916 4,353 1,206 2,156 4,809 10,701 5,083
Longterm obligations................... 150 -- 443 330 542 1,035 1,035
Mandatorily convertible notes payable
for preferred stock.................. -- -- -- 6,984 -- -- --
Redeemable preferred stock(4).......... 9,540 13,198 24,497 27,362 39,313 47,769 --
Common stock(4)........................ 6 1,290 1,302 1,330 1,377 1,398 73,942
Additional paid-in capital............. 1,605 1,605 1,605 1,605 1,605 3,262 3,262
Accumulated deficit.................... (12,267) (17,667) (23,985) (33,046) (40,375) (43,387) (43,387)
Total stockholders' equity
(deficit)(4)......................... (10,558) (14,753) (21,052) (30,085) (37,360) (39,297) 33,247
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company changed its fiscal year end to
December 31.
(2) See Note 1(q) to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) As adjusted to give effect to the (i) conversion of all outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the
Offering, (ii) sale of the shares of Common Stock being offered hereby at an
assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share (after deducting
the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the
Offering) and (iii) application of the estimated net proceeds of the
Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
(4) As of June 30, 1997. Excludes: (i) 1,655,298 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.19 per share; (ii)
an additional 377,774 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance
under the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan; (iii) 48,263 shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued pursuant to the
Company's Director Stock Option Plan; (iv) an additional 71,737 shares of
Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's Director Stock
Option Plan; and (v) 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of warrants to purchase Common Stock. See "Management -- Benefit Plans" and
"-- Certain Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
21
<PAGE> 24
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Financial Data" and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
Innova designs, manufactures and supports millimeter wave radios for use as
short- to medium-distance wireless communications links in developed and
developing telecommunications markets. The Company began shipping the 23, 26 and
38 GHz models of its XP4 radio systems in the quarter ended September 30, 1996.
As of June 30, 1997 the Company had sold its XP4 radios to a total of 18
customers, generating $12.2 million in total revenues, $6.8 million of which
occurred in the quarter ended June 30, 1997. Through June 30, 1997 approximately
44%, 29% and 13% of the Company's XP4 sales have been to Nortel, SAT and
Associated Communications, respectively. Through June 30, 1997 approximately 84%
of the Company's XP4 sales were made to customers located outside of the United
States. The Company anticipates that international sales will continue to
account for at least a majority of its sales for the foreseeable future. The
Company was a development stage company from its incorporation in 1989 through
March 31, 1996. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $43.4 million. After March 31, 1996 the Company changed its fiscal
year-end to December 31.
The Company's net sales consist primarily of sales of point-to-point
millimeter wave radios to systems integrators, other equipment resellers and
service providers, principally for installation outside the U.S. Other revenues
are generated from the resale of related telecommunications equipment such as
antennas, cables and enclosures. The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment.
In the period from calendar 1989 to calendar 1992 the Company developed and
manufactured a line of TVRO (Television Receive Only) antennas. Approximately
$3.2 million of these antennas were sold, primarily to a single customer in
Europe, before the product line was discontinued in calendar 1992. The Company
began developing millimeter wave radios early in calendar 1992. The Company
generated its first revenue from the shipment of radios, based on its initial
architecture, the XP3, in late calendar 1993. The Company subsequently
determined that the technology and architecture upon which the XP3 product line
was based was not suitable to meet the evolving needs of the target market. In
late calendar 1994, the Company decided to curtail further development of the
XP3 product line and concentrate its development efforts on a new product
architecture, which it believed would be more reliable and would incorporate
features that would be more attractive to customers. In November 1994, the
Company ceased marketing XP3 products, and for approximately the next year, its
only material revenues consisted of subcontractor fees for manufacturing a
revised model of the XP3 for SAT. During this period, research and development
efforts were devoted to the development of the XP4 product line.
In calendar 1995, the Company began making significant additions of
experienced management in the engineering, manufacturing, sales and
administrative areas, including a new Chief Executive Officer who took office in
early calendar 1996. From late calendar 1995 to the latter part of calendar
1996, the Company continued to invest in product development and manufacturing
infrastructure, in anticipation of the launch of the XP4 product line, which
occurred in the third quarter of calendar 1996. After an initial evaluation
period, orders for XP4 radios increased late in the final quarter of calendar
1996 and continued to increase in the first two quarters of 1997. Since
launching the XP4 product line, the Company has increased expenditures in an
effort to increase sales and expand manufacturing capacity. In light of the
fundamental changes in the character of the Company's operations during the past
three years, which resulted in the Company changing from a development stage
Company to an operating Company during its most recent fiscal year, the Company
believes that period-to-period comparisons of its financial results should not
be relied upon as an accurate indicator of future performance.
Since introduction of the XP4 product line, orders have increased more
rapidly than the Company has been able to expand its manufacturing capacity,
resulting in delayed shipping dates and lost orders. The Company's backlog was
approximately $11.6 million as of June 30, 1997. The Company includes in backlog
only customer commitments for which it has received signed purchase orders and
assigned shipment dates within the following 180 days. The Company's
distribution agreements generally provide that products are to be shipped not
more than 60 days after the order and that orders may be cancelled prior to
shipment. The Company believes the current level of backlog, as a
22
<PAGE> 25
percentage of sales, is due to inadequate manufacturing capacity and anticipates
that the backlog will decrease as a percentage of sales as manufacturing
capacity increases and delivery times decrease. The Company intends to continue
its efforts to increase manufacturing capacity but expects that sales may
continue to be constrained by capacity limitations through 1997 and into 1998.
As sales have increased since introduction of the XP4 in the third quarter
of calendar 1996, the Company's gross margins have improved, due to the
Company's ability to absorb fixed and semi-variable operating costs over larger
manufacturing volumes. The Company's gross profits over the past three quarters
have also been favorably affected by lower component costs, particularly
fabricated metal parts and transmit and receive hybrids. These component cost
savings are principally a result of higher volume purchasing, the substitution
of lower cost parts and the redesign of components and circuits. In addition to
component cost savings, the Company is pursuing programs to simplify and reduce
the cost of its assembly, test and manufacturing processes. Realization of
further planned savings is necessary if the Company is to improve gross margins.
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be successful in
achieving further cost reductions. The Company also expects that its gross
margins will continue to be affected by a variety of other factors, such as:
increases in lower-margin sales through large distributors; increased investment
in manufacturing facilities or equipment; changes in labor costs resulting from
increasing manufacturing capacity; increased manufacturing or testing
arrangements with distributors; changes in product mix; receipt of royalties
under limited manufacturing licenses; increased sourcing of components and
subassemblies from third-party manufacturers; and potential increased price
competition.
Continued expansion of the Company's manufacturing capacity will be
required for the Company to achieve its business plan. Such expansion will
require substantial investments in additional capital equipment, the recruiting
and training of additional personnel, and possibly increased sourcing of
components from third-parties or investment in additional manufacturing
facilities. Addition of a new facility and increased manufacturing capacity,
particularly if located in another state or country, is likely to add
significant amounts of fixed overhead to the Company's manufacturing costs and
to appreciably increase the complexity of the Company's operations.
To the extent sales volumes continue to grow, the accounting and other
systems used by the Company may not be suitable to handle the volume and
complexity of the resulting transactions. At present, the principal means by
which the Company maintains its books and records, as well as the bulk of its
purchasing and manufacturing data, is a relatively simple PC-network based
system. To the extent the Company continues to grow, this system may need to be
replaced or upgraded. The Company is currently in the process of upgrading its
current information management software; however, this upgrade may prove to be
only a first step in dealing with the anticipated needs of the Company.
The Company has entered into distribution agreements whereby it has agreed
to sell XP4 products at various fixed prices. Certain of these distribution
agreements include "most favored customer" pricing commitments which require the
Company to offer lower prices to such distributors in the event such prices are
offered under like terms and conditions to other customers. In addition, some of
these agreements grant limited manufacturing licenses under certain conditions
or impose penalties for late delivery. The Company anticipates that certain of
its distributors will manufacture a portion of the XP4 radios they sell. To the
extent such manufacturing by the Company's distributors decreases the number of
XP4 units built by the Company, the Company's manufacturing gross profit will be
reduced. As of June 30, 1997, no XP4 products have been manufactured by any of
the Company's distributors.
The Company's sales may also be affected by a variety of other factors
including the establishment of new distribution relationships, the addition of
direct sales personnel or sales offices, the introduction of new products by the
Company or its competitors, and competitive and other conditions affecting the
telecommunications industry generally. The Company remains dependent on
significant contracts from a limited number of customers. Such contracts are
often with systems integrators, which in turn provide the Company's products to
service providers as part of larger telecommunication system infrastructure
buildouts. Due to the Company's limited operating history and limited number of
customers to date, it is difficult, if not impossible for the Company to
accurately predict the mix or nature of infrastructure projects that provide the
basis for its product sales to systems integrators. The Company anticipates,
however, that revenue derived from current and future large customers and
large-scale projects will continue to represent a significant portion of its
total revenues. Because of the small size of the Company's customer base, the
loss of or reduced demand for products from any customer for any reason,
including business failure of the
23
<PAGE> 26
customer, abandonment of the underlying project, or changes in government policy
or general economic conditions, for example, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company believes that price competition among manufacturers of millimeter
wave radios is likely to increase over time, which could adversely affect the
Company's sales and margins.
In addition to expanding the XP4 product line with additional frequencies
and data rates, the Company is also developing point-to-point millimeter wave
radios with different architectures that are designed to address different
market needs than the XP4. To maintain current or target additional market
opportunities, the Company will need to undertake additional development
programs and to produce new products and product enhancements on a timely and
cost-effective basis. Accordingly, research and development costs are expected
to increase over time.
The Company has granted non-qualified stock options to its employees which
in some cases have required attainment of performance goals prior to vesting.
Generally, these options have been granted at exercise prices which the Company
believed to be no less than the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock
as of the date of grant. In 1997, the Company amended previously granted options
to eliminate performance-related vesting criteria. In connection with these
amendments, the Company recorded a non-cash charge to operations of $965,533 for
the six months ended June 30, 1997, which is due primarily to the estimated fair
market value of these amended options exceeding the exercise price on the
amendment date. Additional compensation expense of up to $623,744 will be
recorded over the next 4 years as these options vest.
The Company accrues for warranty expenses on an estimated basis, based on a
fixed dollar amount for each radio system shipped. Due to the limited operating
history of the Company, this estimate is based in part on experience with the
XP4 and, to a greater extent, on management's experience in the millimeter wave
radio industry generally. Actual warranty expenses for XP4 sales may vary
significantly from the Company's estimates. If warranty expenses exceed the
Company's estimate, or if the Company is required to make in-the-field repairs
or adjustments to a significant number of radio systems, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
The fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs of
this "Overview" section contain forward looking statements. Actual results could
differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements, as a
result of a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled
"Risk Factors." In particular, note the "Risk Factors" entitled "Potential
Significant Fluctuations in Results of Operations," "Significant Customer
Concentration; Dependence on Large Customers," "Intensely Competitive Industry"
and "Limited Production Capacity; No Assurance of Successful Expansion of
Operation."
24
<PAGE> 27
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected items
from the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations expressed as a
percentage of total revenues.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTH
FISCAL
PERIOD SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
----------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, --------------------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1996 1997
-------- ------ ------ ------ ------------ -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total Revenues:
Net product sales........................... 100.0% 100.0% 48.8% 22.7% 97.5% 16.5% 100.0%
Manufacturing contract service revenues..... -- -- 51.2 77.3 2.5 83.5 --
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Total cost of products sold:
Cost of products sold....................... 332.0 235.2 157.0 123.6 175.2 944.7 76.1
Manufacturing contract service expenses..... -- -- 34.4 77.3 2.5 83.5 --
332.0 235.2 191.4 200.9 177.7 1,020.2 76.1
Gross margin (deficit)........................ (232.0) (135.2) (91.4) (100.9) (77.7) (928.2) 23.9
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative......... 566.0 178.6 87.6 118.1 122.9 768.3 27.6
Research and development.................... 1,153.5 283.0 80.2 230.3 141.0 1,189.6 17.6
Loss from operations.......................... (1,951.5) (596.8) (259.2) (449.3) (341.6) (2,886.1) (21.3)
Other income (expense)........................ (6.5) (18.9) (8.7) (12.5) (6.8) (65.6) (2.7)
Loss from discontinued operations............. (295.5) -- -- -- -- -- --
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations... (296.0) -- -- -- -- -- --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -------- -----
Net loss...................................... (2,549.5)% (615.7)% (267.9)% (461.8)% (348.4)% (2,951.7)% (24.0)%
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======== =====
</TABLE>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
TOTAL REVENUES. Net product sales increased to $12.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to minimal levels for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. The increase is attributable to sales of XP4 radios, which
were not sold until the quarter ended September 30, 1996. International sales
represented 87% of total net product sales for the six months ended June 30,
1997. Manufacturing contract service revenues, which consisted of fees received
for manufacturing a revised XP3 for SAT, were eliminated due to SAT's decision
to discontinue production of XP3 radios in Innova's facilities for the six
months ended June 30, 1996.
GROSS PROFIT (LOSS). Gross profit increased to $3.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to a loss of $1.9 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996. The increase in gross profit was attributable to the
sales of XP4 radios, increased manufacturing volumes and reduced unit material
and outside processing costs resulting from higher-volume purchases and lower,
negotiated prices.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to $3.5 million for the six months ended June
30, 1997 as compared to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The
increase was due primarily to a $864,000 charge to compensation expense in
connection with amendments to stock options granted in calendar 1996 as well as
increased compensation expense associated with the addition of sales and
marketing staff in the U.S. and U.K. offices to support the launch of the XP4
product line. The Company may incur additional compensation expense in
connection with opening additional sales offices, particularly in certain
international markets and in connection with adding administrative personnel.
The Company anticipates that selling, general and administrative expenses will
continue to increase.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses decreased to
$2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $2.4 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The decrease in research and development
expenses was primarily due to a $710,000 reduction in consulting expenses, which
was partially offset by an increase in employee compensation costs due to
increased headcount. Research and development expenses incurred for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 were related to refinements and expansion of the XP4
product line and initial planning for the possible development of other
products. The Company believes research and development expenses will increase
in future periods, as the Company continues to increase research and development
headcount.
25
<PAGE> 28
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE). Other expense increased to $337,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $131,000 for the six months ended June
30, 1996. The increase was due primarily to increases in interest expense
resulting from additional capitalized leases and borrowings on the Company's
working capital line. The Company anticipates that net interest expense will
decrease due to repayment of debt from the proceeds of the Offering and
investment of the remaining balance.
INCOME TAXES. No provision for income taxes has been recorded, as the
Company incurred net operating losses through June 30, 1997. As of June 30,
1997, the Company had remaining net operating loss carryforwards of $37.2
million and additional loss carryovers relating to its U.K. subsidiary. The U.S.
net operating loss carryforwards will expire in various amounts from 2005 to
2012. Although the application of these amounts is subject to certain annual
limitations under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company
believes that the availability of the cumulative Federal net operating loss
carryforward is not currently limited. However, there can be no assurances that
future events, such as the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or
transfers of outstanding shares of Common Stock by the Company's shareholders,
will not cause an ownership change to occur in the future and limit availability
of the NOLs. The Company anticipates that its effective income tax rate will
approach the statutory rate after these amounts are applied or expire. The
Company has provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets
because of the uncertainty regarding realizability. See Note 11 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
NINE MONTH FISCAL PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THE FISCAL YEARS
ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
TOTAL REVENUE. Net product sales increased to $2.1 million for the nine
month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996, as compared to $445,000 and $1.2
million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995,
respectively. The increase in net product sales for the nine month fiscal period
ended December 31, 1996 was due to the launch of the XP4 product line in the
quarter ended September 30, 1996. International sales during this nine month
period represented 69% of net product sales. The decrease for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1996, as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, was
due to the decision to discontinue production of XP3 radios. Manufacturing
contract service revenues increased to $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1996, as compared to $1.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1995. Manufacturing contract service revenues in each of these periods related
to manufacture of the XP3 radios for SAT, which was substantially discontinued
in the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
GROSS PROFIT (LOSS). The Company's gross profit increased to a loss of $1.6
million for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996, as compared to
a loss of $2.0 million and $2.2 million for the fiscal years ended March 31,
1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively. The increase in gross profit for the nine
month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 was due to increased revenue
resulting from sales of the XP4 products, which more than offset increased
expenses and the decrease in manufacturing contract sales revenue and related
costs resulting from termination of subcontracting services. Losses in the
fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995 were the result of the
ramp-up of production capabilities for the XP3 and fixed manufacturing costs
associated therewith. Due to the planned introduction of the XP4, these fixed
costs were not reduced after the decision to end XP3 production.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased to $2.6 million for the nine month fiscal
period ended December 31, 1996, as compared to $2.3 million and $2.1 million for
the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively. The
increase for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 was due to
increased staffing, both in the U.S. and U.K. offices, associated with launch of
the XP4 product line. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the
fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995 reflect continued
investment in marketing and other staff in anticipation of the launch of the XP4
after ending production of XP3 radios. Selling, general and administrative
expenses are anticipated to continue to increase.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenditures were $3.0
million for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 as compared to
$4.5 million and $1.9 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996 and
March 31, 1995, respectively. The decrease for the nine month fiscal period
ended December 31, 1996, was due to the shorter period and to the Company's
decision to reduce consulting expenses, which were partially offset by increases
in internal research and development headcount. Research and development
expenses for the nine
26
<PAGE> 29
month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 were devoted to development of the
XP4 product line, including the development of several frequency and data rate
product variations. The Company anticipates research and development expenses
will increase as the Company focuses on new products in addition to the XP4
product line. The increase in expenses for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996
as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 was attributable to
increased efforts associated with development of the XP4 product line, and
increased expenditures for engineering consulting services.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE). Other expense for the nine month fiscal period
ended December 31, 1996 decreased as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996. Other expense decreased due to interest income from investment of proceeds
of equity financing. The increase in interest expense for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1996 as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 was due
primarily to higher average borrowings in anticipation of equity financings. The
Company anticipates that interest expense may increase substantially over time
if sales and, therefore, eligible accounts receivable and working capital line
borrowings, increase and the Company expands its manufacturing capacity. The
Company, however, intends to use the proceeds from the Offering to pay down
working capital borrowings and reduce interest expense.
The paragraphs entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expenses,"
"Research and Development," and "Other Income (Expense)" in the Section entitled
"Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996,"
and the paragraphs entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expenses,"
"Research and Development," and "Other Income (Expense)" in the Section entitled
"Nine Month Fiscal Period Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to the Fiscal Years
Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995," contain Forward Looking Statements. Actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated or projected in the
Forward Looking Statements as a result of a number of factors, including those
set forth in the Section entitled "Risk Factors." In particular, note the Risk
Factors entitled "Significant Fluctuations in Results of Operations,"
"Significant Customer Concentration; Dependence on Large Contracts," "Limited
Production Capacity; No Assurance of Successful Expansion of Operations" and
"Intensely Competitive Industry."
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The significant fluctuations in the Company's historical quarterly
operating results are principally a function of the fact that the Company was,
until mid-1996, a development stage company. In consequence, these fluctuations
are largely explained by variation in expenses incurred in connection with the
development of the Company's XP4 systems. In addition, the historical quarterly
operating results have been affected by the launch and subsequent
discontinuation of the XP3 radio line, along with the fluctuation in revenues
received by the Company under its agreement with SAT for the subcontract
manufacture for SAT of XP3 products. The discontinuation of XP3 manufacture or
subcontract manufacture did not result in a corresponding decrease in expenses
as the Company maintained staffing levels in anticipation of the launch of the
XP4 product line. The Company may continue to experience significant quarterly
fluctuations in sales, gross margins and operating results; however, these
fluctuations are likely to be caused by different factors than those that
existed in the past, making prediction of the Company's performance difficult,
if not impossible.
In connection with its efforts to ramp up production of recently introduced
products, the Company expects to continue to make substantial capital
investments in equipment, recruit and train additional personnel, and may
increase outsourcing of components, or invest in additional manufacturing
facilities. The Company anticipates that these expenditures may be made in
advance of, and in anticipation of, increased sales and, therefore, that its
gross margins will be adversely affected from time to time due to short-term
inefficiencies associated with addition of equipment, personnel or facilities,
and that each cost category will increase as a percentage of revenues from time
to time on a periodic basis. As a result, the Company's operating results will
vary. Because of the relatively small size of the Company's customer base and
large-scale nature of the projects in which the Company's products are typically
used, revenues derived from current and future large customers and large-scale
projects will likely represent a significant portion of revenue in any given
period. Thus, a decrease in demand for products from any customer for any
reason, including the business failure of the customer or abandonment of a
particular project, may result in significant periodic fluctuations in sales.
Similarly, revenues derived from large-scale projects are often difficult to
forecast due to a relatively long time frame for implementing such projects.
Delays can be caused by late deliveries by other vendors, changes in
implementation priorities, slower than anticipated growth and declining demand
for the services that the
27
<PAGE> 30
Company's products support, and delays in obtaining regulatory approvals for
installation of such systems. Delays and reductions in the planned deployment of
systems utilizing the Company's products can also be caused by fluctuations in
the local economy, capital availability, and changes in import controls.
The Company has at times failed to fill orders on a timely basis due
principally to capacity constraints. Delay in a shipment near the end of a
particular quarter, for any reason, may cause sales in that quarter to fall
significantly below the Company's expectations and materially adversely affect
the Company's operating results for that quarter.
Additional factors that may cause the Company's sales, gross margins and
results of operations to vary significantly from period to period include: new
product introductions and enhancements, including related costs; the Company's
ability to manufacture and produce sufficient products to meet customer
requirements; limitations on the Company's manufacturing capacity; the Company's
ability to reduce costs; gain or loss by the Company of significant customers;
reduced demand for the Company's products; existing and new product development
expenses; pricing changes by the Company, its customers or suppliers; inventory
obsolescence; natural disasters or adverse weather; market acceptance and the
timing of availability of new products by the Company or its customers; use of
different distribution and sales channels; fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates; delays or changes in regulatory approval of the Company's
products; warranty and customer support expenses; income taxation; and general
economic and political conditions.
Because of the many factors which may affect the Company's performance in
any particular period and because the Company changed from a development stage
Company to an operating Company during its most recent fiscal year, the Company
believes that period to period comparisons are not necessarily meaningful and
should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
The following table sets forth the unaudited results of operations for each
of the six fiscal quarters beginning January 1, 1996 and ending June 30, 1997.
In the opinion of the Company's management, this unaudited financial information
includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein, when read in
conjunction with the Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for any future period. There can be no assurance
that the Company will not experience significant variations in its future
results of operations. See "Risk Factors -- Significant Fluctuations in Results
of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 1997
--------------------------------------------- --------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31 MARCH 31 JUNE 30
-------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------
(in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Revenues:
Net product sales............................... $ 12 $ 21 $ 373 $ 1,657 $ 4,910 $7,672
Manufacturing contract service revenues......... 125 42 4 7 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
137 63 377 1,664 4,910 7,672
Total cost of products sold:
Cost of products sold........................... 985 900 1,097 1,689 4,081 5,489
Manufacturing contract service expenses......... 125 42 4 7 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1,110 942 1,101 1,696 4,081 5,489
Gross profit (loss)............................... (973) (879) (724) (32) 829 2,183
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative............. 796 737 754 1,094 1,638 1,833
Research and development........................ 1,576 798 814 1,354 1,111 1,105
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Loss from operations.............................. (3,345) (2,414) (2,292) (2,480) (1,920) (755)
Other income (expense)............................ (70) (59) (19) (65) (199) (139)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net loss.......................................... $(3,415) $(2,473) $(2,311) $(2,545) $(2,119) $ (894)
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE> 31
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the unaudited
results of operations as a percentage of total revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 1997
------------------------------------------------- --------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31 MARCH 31 JUNE 30
---------- --------- -------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Revenues:
Net product sales............................. 8.8% 33.3% 98.9% 99.6 % 100.0% 100.0%
Manufacturing contract service revenues....... 91.2 66.7 1.1 0.4 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Total cost of products sold:
Cost of products sold......................... 719.0 1,428.6 291.0 101.5 83.1 71.5
Manufacturing contract service expenses....... 91.2 66.7 1.1 0.4 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
810.2 1,495.3 292.1 101.9 83.1 71.5
Gross profit (loss)............................. (710.2) (1,395.3) (192.1) (1.9) 16.9 28.5
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative........... 581.0 1,169.8 200.0 65.7 33.4 23.9
Research and development...................... 1,150.4 1,266.7 215.9 81.4 22.6 14.4
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Loss from operations............................ (2,441.6) (3,831.8) (608.0) (149.0) (39.1) (9.8)
Other income (expense).......................... (51.1) (93.6) (5.0) (3.9) (4.1) (1.8)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net loss........................................ (2,492.7)% (3,925.4)% (613.0)% (152.9)% (43.2)% (11.6)%
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company requires capital principally for capital equipment, investment
in product development activities, operations and more recently for financing
accounts receivable and inventory. To date, the Company has financed its
operations primarily from private placements of equity securities, and, more
recently, bank borrowings. During the nine month fiscal period ended December
31, 1996, and the fiscal years ended March 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company
raised $9,735,000, $6,790,000, $9,143,000 and $16,274,000, respectively from the
sale of debt and equity securities. Since December 31, 1996, the Company has
raised an additional $8.5 million from the private placement of equity
securities. Investing activities were minimal during these periods.
The Company has a credit facility with a commercial bank, which provides
for a revolving credit line and a term loan. Outstanding balances on the credit
line bear interest at the greater of the LIBOR rate in effect each month plus
4.875% per annum, or 8% per annum, and matures on October 31, 1997. The term
loan accrues interest at the same rate and is payable upon the consummation of
the Offering. The Company has used both the credit line and the term loan for
inventory, supplies and equipment in the manufacturing of XP4 products, and for
general working capital purposes.
The Company's cash and cash equivalents increased to $3.8 million at June
30, 1997 as compared to $173,000 at December 31, 1996. Working capital increased
to $4.4 million at June 30, 1997 as compared to a negative ($300,000) at
December 31, 1996. This increase was partly due to receipt of $7.0 million in
proceeds from redeemable preferred stock during the period. Accounts receivable
increased to $5.1 million at June 30, 1997, as compared to $1.7 million at
December 31, 1996. This was the result of increased sales volumes in the six
months ended June 30, 1997. Inventories also increased to $5.9 million at June
30, 1997, as compared to $2.5 million at December 31, 1996. This increase was
related to the increase in manufacturing levels necessary to support increased
sales. The outstanding balance on the working capital line increased to $4.1
million at June 30, 1997 compared to $506,000 at December 31, 1996. Accounts
payable increased to $3.0 million at June 30, 1997 as compared to $1.9 million
at December 31, 1996 largely due to the ramp-up related to the XP4 product.
Investment in equipment and leasehold improvements in the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1996 and the nine-month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 was $1.0
million in both periods. Investment in equipment and leasehold improvements in
the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $2.8 million.
Accounts receivable increased to $5.1 million at June 30, 1997, from $1.7
million at December 31, 1996. This increase resulted from the addition of
receivables from sales of the Company's XP4 products. While the Company
anticipates that the proceeds from the Offering together with cash generated
from operations will be sufficient to
29
<PAGE> 32
finance an anticipated increase in inventory and receivables, should receivables
and inventories increase faster than anticipated, the Company could be required
to incur additional indebtedness.
The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of this Offering to
retire all outstanding borrowings under its credit facilities and to terminate
the revolving credit line and term loan. Under the revolving credit line,
outstanding balances and available borrowing capacity as of June 30, 1997 were
$4.1 million, with $38,000 available to be drawn down. There was $1.5 million
outstanding under the term loan at June 30, 1997, with no additional amount
available to be borrowed.
As of June 30, 1997 the Company had made $2.8 million of capital
expenditures in 1997, and plans to spend an additional $6.1 million over the
remainder of the fiscal year. The Company anticipates financing these
expenditures with the proceeds of the Offering.
The Company believes that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with
funds provided by operations, will be sufficient to meet its liquidity
requirements for at least the next 12 months; however, the Company anticipates
securing a new credit facility after the closing of the Offering. To the extent
additional capital is necessary, the Company could be required to obtain
additional credit facilities sell additional equity, debt or convertible
securities. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be
available at the time or in the amounts that may be needed, or that any
financing which is available will be on terms favorable to the Company and its
shareholders.
While the operating income the Company will rely upon to meet a portion of
its liquidity needs will come in significant part from international customers,
the Company has experienced no appreciable difference in pricing, inventory
levels or receivables realization between its domestic and international
customers. Additionally, as all of the Company's sales to date have been
denominated in U.S. dollars and the Company anticipates that this will continue
for the foreseeable future, the Company's operating revenues are not subject to
appreciable exchange rate risk and the Company has consequently not implemented
any programs to specifically address such risk.
30
<PAGE> 33
BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Innova designs, manufactures and supports millimeter wave radios for use as
short- to medium-distance wireless communication links in developed and
developing telecommunications markets. Innova's products enable
telecommunications service providers to establish reliable and cost-effective
voice, data and video communications links within their networks. Innova's
products operate in frequencies ranging from 13-38 GHz and may be used in
various applications, including cellular and PCS/PCN networks, broadband
communications, local loop services and long distance networks.
Innova's millimeter wave radio systems are designed to operate at multiple
E1/T1 rates, are based on a common system architecture and are software
configurable. Innova's radio systems consist of an Indoor Unit, which interfaces
with the user's network and is digitally linked to an Outdoor Unit, which
transmits and receives the RF signal. The common embedded software platform in
the IDU and ODU is SNMP-compliant and provides the ability to remotely monitor
and manage Innova's radios within a network using the service provider's network
management system.
Innova markets its products principally to systems integrators with a
strong regional presence in Europe, Latin America and Asia. Innova seeks to
develop strategic relationships with these systems integrators, which provide
field engineering, installation, project financing and support to service
providers. To date, Innova has entered into distribution agreements with MAS,
NERA and SAT. Innova also markets its products directly to certain service
providers in the U.S. and internationally. To date, the Company has supplied
products, either through distribution relationships or directly, to Alestra
(Mexico), Associated Communications (U.S.), Avantel (Mexico), Bouygues Telecom
(France), Globtel (Slovakia), Nortel (Canada), PacBell Mobile Services (U.S.)
and Telcel (Venezuela), among others.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
In recent years, worldwide demand for telecommunications services has
increased dramatically. In developed countries, much of the demand has been for
mobile services, while in developing countries demand has been principally for
basic voice service. This demand has been driven by the recognition that
effective communications enhance business productivity and can accelerate
economic growth. Demand has also been driven by the emergence of technologies
that allow the development and deployment of cost-effective, reliable
telecommunications systems.
Changes in the regulatory environment in many countries, including the
elimination of monopolies for public telecommunications services, privatization
of government-owned telecommunications organizations and allocation and
licensing of radio frequency spectrum by regulatory authorities, have led to an
increase in the number of telecommunications service providers seeking to meet
this demand. In Europe, for example, recent EU directives prohibit each member
country from restricting competitive access to mobile and local service after
January 1, 1998. In the U.S., the Telecommunications Act of 1996 mandated
competitive access to local telephone networks, and spectrum has been allocated
for five wireless carriers per market. Similar trends are occurring in
developing countries, creating significant opportunities for new entrants in the
telecommunications markets.
Telecommunications service providers are seeking to rapidly capture market
share by establishing new networks and expanding existing networks in response
to the opportunities created by deregulation, technological advances and
increasing consumer demand. As demand for telecommunications services has
increased, mobile and local service providers have committed significant amounts
of capital to the installation of network infrastructure. In developed
countries, new service providers have the option to lease network capacity from
existing service providers, but often choose not to do so since such leasing
arrangements may be with competitors, may be comparatively expensive and would
not allow the service provider to control the network. As a result, many new
service providers are seeking to build their own networks to provide new or
improved service. In addition, existing service providers have continued to
upgrade and expand their networks to respond to customer demand and increased
competition. In developing countries, both new and existing service providers
are investing heavily to build out network infrastructure to respond to the
demand for basic service.
Telecommunications links are a critical element of network infrastructure.
Service providers must choose between wireline or wireless equipment for each of
the many telecommunications links that connect various parts of their
31
<PAGE> 34
networks. Wireless links are frequently used within telecommunications networks
to interconnect cell sites, switching systems, wireline transmission systems and
other fixed facilities. Wireless links generally involve relatively low initial
capital costs, and may be quickly deployed, especially in urban areas, as no
terrestrial rights of way need to be acquired or cables installed. In addition,
new wireless links can be rapidly added to upgrade or expand existing
telecommunications networks and installed links can be quickly relocated to
respond to shifts in demand.
Telecommunications infrastructure developers rely increasingly upon
millimeter wave radio systems for short- to medium-distance wireless links. The
narrower antenna-beam width of millimeter wave frequencies allows a higher
density of links in a given geographic area as compared to lower frequencies.
The atmospheric attenuation of millimeter wave frequencies also allows these
frequencies to be re-used after relatively short distances. As a result,
millimeter wave radios are particularly well-suited to provide wireless
transmission over short- to medium-distances, especially in areas of dense
usage.
The following diagram illustrates one possible application for millimeter
wave radios within a mobile telecommunications network:
LOGO
The following diagram illustrates one possible application for millimeter
wave radios within a local loop network:
LOGO
32
<PAGE> 35
As millimeter wave radios have become an increasingly critical component of
telecommunications networks, service providers have focused on the quality and
lifetime ownership cost of these systems. Thus, service providers now demand
more reliable millimeter wave radios in order to reduce costly service
interruptions resulting from the failure of critical links within their
telecommunications networks. Due to increased sensitivity to aesthetic concerns,
congestion in urban environments and use of wireless systems in developing
countries, base stations are becoming smaller and are being placed in less
suitable locations. As a result, service providers now seek radio systems which
are smaller and which perform reliably under adverse conditions. In addition,
larger and more complex telecommunications networks require millimeter wave
radios which can be easily integrated with other parts of the network, avoiding
the need for multiple network management systems. Moreover, the need to rapidly
deploy and upgrade networks requires millimeter wave radios which can be easily
installed without sophisticated tools or special skills, and which can be easily
and quickly reconfigured or field upgraded.
INNOVA SOLUTION
Innova's millimeter wave radio systems are reliable, intelligent,
feature-rich and easy to install, maintain and upgrade. The Company's XP4 radio
systems have been selected for deployment by major systems integrators and new
service providers since their introduction in 1996. The Company believes its
products provide the following benefits:
Reliability. The Company develops and manufactures radio systems capable of
performing reliably under extreme temperatures. The Company believes the low
parts count, low power consumption and high tolerance to temperature extremes of
its XP4 radio systems make them inherently more reliable than competing
products. In addition, the all-digital communications interface between the XP4
radio systems' Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit provides greater immunity to
electromagnetic and radio-frequency-induced interference.
Ease of Installation and Maintenance. The lightweight XP4 can be easily
installed by a single technician without a PC, additional software, specialized
tools or test equipment. The comprehensive embedded software program facilitates
accurate installation by alerting the installer to configuration mistakes with
blinking LEDs. The diagnostic features of the embedded software platform
simplify maintenance by permitting field technicians to determine proper
operation of an installed terminal without disconnecting the radio unit from the
antenna. The XP4 software platform allows control of the entire radio link from
either end of the link, or from a single remote location. In addition, the SNMP
interface allows operation of the entire system from a central, common network
management center. XP4 radio systems also feature a high degree of modular
commonality across frequency bands and data rates. This common architecture
reduces spare parts inventory and training costs.
Adaptability. The Company believes it is the first to provide millimeter
wave radio systems which provide an open network management capability, thereby
facilitating inclusion of the systems into a variety of telecommunications
networks. Innova's compact XP4 radio systems are designed to occupy less space
and are well-suited to operate in various settings where small size and
resistance to temperature extremes are necessary. The high immunity to
interference provided by the digital communications link between the IDU and the
ODU also allows the XP4 to be deployed in less suitable sites currently
prevalent in developing countries and congested urban areas.
Ease of Reconfiguration and Upgradeability. Common hardware and a common
software platform across all XP4 radio systems facilitate integration into
network management systems and provide remote reconfiguration and upgrade
capabilities. The comprehensive embedded software platform common to all of
Innova's XP4 radio systems allows network operators to download new code into
the radio units without interrupting traffic or upgrading each unit on site. The
ability to easily reconfigure and upgrade the XP4 systems allow service
providers to enhance and expand their networks without having to replace
installed XP4s.
33
<PAGE> 36
INNOVA STRATEGY
Innova's objective is to be a leading provider of digital millimeter wave
radios. Innova intends to address the needs of major systems integrators using
millimeter wave radios for wireless connectivity solutions in mobile and local
loop networks, including broadband capability. Innova's strategy includes the
following key elements:
Continue To Focus on Millimeter Wave Radio Market. The Company intends to
continue to focus its product development efforts on new and existing
point-to-point millimeter wave radios, and to maintain its competitive advantage
by continuing to focus its development efforts on small, lightweight systems
which perform reliably at extreme temperatures and can be produced, installed
and maintained on a cost-effective basis. The Company believes it was the first
to provide millimeter wave radio systems with a SNMP-compliant architecture, and
that it was the first to develop, produce and deliver 24 GHz equipment for use
in the U.S. market in response to allocation of 24 GHz spectrum by the FCC. The
Company intends to further expand the frequency range and traffic capacity of
its systems, and is in the process of developing prototypes of possible products
designed for new applications and upgrades of several of the existing products.
Expand Distribution Through Strategic Relationships. The Company intends to
expand the geographic coverage and increase the market penetration of its
products by strengthening existing, and establishing new, strategic
relationships with major systems integrators with strong regional presences
throughout the world. The Company believes that the cost-effective architecture
of its products provides a competitive advantage in developing relationships
with major systems integrators. The Company intends to focus on further reducing
the cost of its radio systems to maintain that advantage. The Company also
believes its relationships with major systems integrators will become
increasingly important as service providers more often rely on third parties to
supply and build their network infrastructure. The Company believes the ability
of many major systems integrators to offer financing on larger projects, and
supply complementary products and services necessary to build telecommunications
networks, facilitates sales of the Company's products.
Leverage System Architecture. The Company intends to leverage its system
architecture to realize efficiencies in its product design, assembly and test
processes. The Company believes these attributes will enable the Company to be
first to market with new, reliable products that are cost-effective and meet the
evolving demands of systems integrators and service providers. The Company plans
to continue to design its system architecture to minimize the number of
components in each system and to maximize the use of common components across
the full range of the Company's products. The Company believes its use of common
modules, components and a common software platform facilitates product
enhancement and new product development by reducing the number of components
that need to be re-engineered.
Simplify Product Assembly and Test Processes. The Company continually seeks
to refine and simplify its product design and assembly, calibration and test
processes, which are the most significant components of production cost. The
Company believes its rigorous testing processes, including operation of radio
systems at extreme temperatures and use of proprietary software and test
stations, provide a significant competitive advantage. The Company intends to
continue to develop software that increases automation and process reliability
and improves productivity. The Company also believes that increased automation
could allow it to reduce dependence on skilled labor and enable it to establish
additional manufacturing facilities in developing markets to increase market
opportunity.
PRODUCTS
The Company's radio systems are designed to operate in millimeter wave
bands used for the transmission of voice, data and video traffic over short- to
medium- distances. The Company's XP4 products are based on a common system
architecture and are software configurable. The Company's XP4 systems operate at
data rates up to and including 4E1 and 4T1, and have been certified for use in
the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Mexico, Slovakia, the U.K. and the U.S.
34
<PAGE> 37
The following table provides transmission distances and the number of
access lines offered by the 13 GHz, 18 GHz, 23 GHz, 24 GHz, 26 GHz and 38 GHz
systems currently being marketed by the Company.
XP4 PRODUCT LINE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF ACCESS LINES
-----------------------------
FREQUENCY IN 2E1/4E1 AND 4T1 OR OPERATIONAL
GHZ 4E1/8E1(1) 4T1/8T1(1) RANGE IN MILES
- ------------ ----------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
13 Yes Yes 15
15 Yes Yes 15
18 Yes Yes 10
23 Yes Yes 6
24 No Yes 5
26 Yes No 5
38 Yes Yes 3
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Company expects that the 8E1 and 8T1 configurations will be available
for volume shipments during the third quarter of 1997.
The Company's products are designed to connect to the end user's network
through multiple high-capacity lines. In transmission mode, the Company's Indoor
Unit accepts the customer's traffic from these multiple lines. The
microprocessors in the IDU then combine the multiple signals into a single,
digital signal, which is combined with data used to control functions and
parameters of the radio link, and digitally transmitted over a single coaxial
cable to the Outdoor Unit. The frequency shift key ("FSK")
modulator/demodulator, housed in the ODU, converts the digital signal into the
appropriate radio frequency. The RF signal is then fed into the hybrid
"transmit" module, which increases the signal to the transmitting frequency. The
high-frequency, millimeter wave signal is then passed through a diplexer filter
to the antenna and broadcast to the receiving unit. In receive mode, the signal
is passed from the antenna through the diplexer filter to the hybrid "receive"
module, where the signal is amplified and stepped down to a lower frequency. The
signal is then passed through the demodulator and converted into a digital
signal, before being routed down the coaxial cable to the IDU. In the IDU, the
end user's traffic is separated from the system control data and delivered to
multiple lines for transmission to the end user's network.
The diagram below depicts a millimeter wave radio link. Each radio system
consists of an Indoor and an Outdoor Unit which are described more fully in the
following paragraphs.
LOGO
Indoor Unit. The IDU is the interface to the user's network. It is an
assembly mounted indoors, or in a base station, that contains digital signal
processing electronics, including line interface and digital multiplexing
circuitry.
35
<PAGE> 38
The IDU also includes the alarm and diagnostic ports, service channel and
SNMP-compliant network management capability. The IDU provides for the ability
to set capacity, frequency and power output of the radio link through software
configuration without requiring access to the outdoor unit.
Configuration of the Company's radio systems, including frequency
selection, power output setting, capacity and link ID, along with alarm
monitoring and receive signal level indications, are performed using the
five-button keypad located on the front panel of the IDU, or by using a PC and
the Company's proprietary XPView software interface. In contrast, many competing
millimeter wave systems require mechanical adjustment and manual tuning, which
involve sending maintenance personnel with test equipment to the radio's
installed location. Software embedded in the Company's radio system also
facilitates upgrades of system capacity, with minimal hardware changes.
Outdoor Unit. The ODU consists of a lightweight, compact, integrated RF
electronics enclosure that attaches directly to an antenna. The RF enclosure
contains electronics that, when transmitting, convert, modulate and amplify the
digital signal received from the IDU. Typically, the ODU is installed outdoors
on a tower or rooftop. A simple latch secures the ODU to the antenna, allowing
for vertical or horizontal installation, and permits removal of the ODU without
tools and without affecting antenna alignment.
Software. The Company's embedded software platform is common to all XP4
frequency bands and capacity models. It enables control of user configurable
features from the five-button keypad on the IDU. The embedded software code is
also compatible with the Company's custom manufacturing test and calibration
software. This approach facilitates automation of the final test process by
enabling adjustments to equipment parameters through software commands, rather
than the traditional method of manual dip-switches or pots.
The Company's XPView software provides a remote means of configuring the
Company's radio systems, as well as providing for advanced diagnostics and
maintenance capabilities, including code downloading. The optional SNMP feature
is implemented via a small plug card in the IDU which provides Ethernet, RS232,
and RS422 communication ports for remote link control and remote collection of
status and alarm data.
The diagram below depicts the internal system architecture of Innova's
millimeter wave radio system.
LOGO
36
<PAGE> 39
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
The Company's system architecture is designed to offer advantages in
reliability, cost, installation and maintenance when compared to competitive
systems. The Company employs a common set of modules and components for all data
rates and frequencies with the exception of the transmit and receive modules and
diplexer filters. This substantially simplifies the logistics of customer
support, purchasing, and manufacturing. The Company incorporates the four-level
FSK modulator/demodulator into the ODU, rather than including it in the IDU. The
Company believes this results in a more reliable design by permitting digital
communications between the IDU and ODU, thereby reducing interference from EMI
or ground loop, by permitting filtering of undesirable noise and eliminating
cable equalization circuitry completely. This also reduces the electronics
contained in the IDU, resulting in a compact indoor unit which occupies only one
rack unit mounting space in telecom cabinets or base stations.
The Company's ODU uses advanced miniature, multifunction transmit or
receive hybrid modules which provide for lower power consumption, smaller size
and fewer interconnection cables or assemblies than conventional millimeter wave
radio systems. In addition the Company's proprietary compact diplexer filter
design eliminates the need for bulky separate transmit and receive filters and
an associated circulator. This design approach results in a lighter, more
compact ODU than competing systems.
The embedded software platform reduces the number of manufacturing models
by facilitating production of radio systems for use with varying frequency plans
in different countries. In contrast, traditional systems require hardware
variations to adjust to different frequency plans in each country. In addition,
each ODU will support multiple traffic capacities without any hardware changes,
as these modifications are also governed by software. Transmit power level is
also controlled electronically from the IDU. As a result, no field adjustments,
switch settings or other modifications are required to operate an ODU within its
designated tuning range regardless of frequency plan, traffic capacity or
transmitter output power. The intuitive built-in software interface permits
terminal configuration without extensive training or special tests using the
five-button keypad on the face of the IDU. The embedded software platform also
facilitates accurate installation by alerting the installer to mistakes with
blinking LEDs. Software configurability enables the provision of advanced field
diagnostic tools such as RF terminal loopback. In this mode, the transmitter is
tuned to the frequency of the local receiver, enabling operation of the terminal
in RF loopback and verification of proper, error-free performance. In order to
perform similar functions, competing systems require either the use of a bulky,
external turnaround oscillator or the use of complex, internal mechanical
assemblies.
CUSTOMERS
The Company's customers consist principally of systems integrators, which
incorporate XP4 radio systems into a variety of telecommunications networks to
be sold to telecommunications service providers. Systems integrators may also
provide engineering and installation services and project financing for service
providers. These systems integrators develop the network design and provide the
field effort necessary to install, commission and maintain the Company's
systems. Systems integrators are extensively used by fixed and mobile service
providers in Europe, Asia and developing countries. The Company also sells its
products directly to service providers, principally in North America. Service
providers can use the Company's products for various applications, including
cellular and PCS/PCN networks, broadband communications, local loop services,
and access to long distance networks. As of June 30, 1997, 76% of the Company's
sales have been to systems integrators, with the remaining 24% being made
directly to service providers.
The systems integrators and service providers set forth below have each
placed significant orders for XP4 radios since introduction of the product line
in the quarter ended September 30, 1996. The Company has also received orders
37
<PAGE> 40
for lesser quantities, principally for use as demonstration units, from Bosch
Telecom, Lucent Technologies, MAS and Mitec.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS SERVICE PROVIDERS
---------------------------- -------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Ericsson Alestra (Mexico)
NERA Associated Communications (U.S.)
Nortel Avantel (Mexico)
SAT Bachow Communications (U.S.)
Simtel Bouygues Telecom (France)(1)
Globtel (Slovakia)(1)
Iusacel (Mexico)
PacBell Mobile Services (U.S.)
Telcel (Venezuela)(1)
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Indicates service providers that purchased equipment from a systems
integrator.
To date, approximately eighteen customers have accounted for all of the
Company's sales of XP4 systems. Sales to Associated Communications, Bachow
Communications and Nortel accounted for approximately 15%, 12% and 44% of the
Company's XP4 sales, respectively, in calendar 1996. For the six months ended
June 30, 1997, Associated Communications, Nortel and SAT accounted for 12%, 44%
and 33%, respectively, of the Company's sales, and as of June 30, 1997, two
customers, Nortel and SAT, accounted for approximately 27% and 40%,
respectively, or an aggregate of 67%, of the Company's backlog scheduled for
shipment in the six months subsequent to June 30, 1997. Paul Bachow, a director
and greater-than-10% beneficial owner of the Company's Common Stock, is the only
shareholder and the President of Bachow Communications. SAT is a greater-than-5%
beneficial owner of the Company's Common Stock. See "Principal Shareholders" and
"Certain Transactions." The Company has entered into agreements with SAT for
exclusive distribution in France, Italy, Poland, Hungary, Andorra and Monaco and
non-exclusive distribution in other countries; with NERA, for distribution
principally in Asia, Latin America and parts of Europe; and with MAS for
distribution principally in New Zealand and Southeast Asia. The Company has also
sold a significant portion of its products to Nortel. The Company anticipates
that its sales will continue to be to a relatively small group of customers,
consisting principally of international systems integrators and, in North
America, service providers. For the nine month fiscal period ended December 31,
1996, 50% of total sales were to a single customer in Canada, and 50% and 28% of
total sales for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were to a single customer in
each of Canada and France, respectively. See Note 13 to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The Company's ability to achieve or increase its sales in the future will
depend in significant part upon its ability to obtain and fulfill orders from
existing and new customers and maintain relationships with and provide support
to existing and new customers, its ability to manufacture systems on a timely
and cost-effective basis and to meet stringent customer performance and other
requirements and shipment delivery dates. As a result, any cancellation,
reduction or delay in orders by, or shipments to, any customer, as a result of
manufacturing difficulties or otherwise, may have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can
be no assurance that the Company's sales will continue to increase in the future
or that the Company will be able to retain and support existing customers or to
attract new customers.
DISTRIBUTION RELATIONSHIPS
The Company markets its products principally to systems integrators with a
strong regional presence in countries in Europe, Latin America and Asia. The
Company believes these relationships are a critical component of its ability to
include its systems in major network buildout projects. To date, the Company has
entered into agreements with NERA and SAT as well as other system integrators.
NERA Arrangements. NERA ASA has entered into an OEM Purchase and Limited
Licensing Agreement with the Company (the "NERA Agreement") to purchase at least
$5 million of XP4 product kits and components prior to May 30, 1998. The NERA
Agreement authorizes NERA and its affiliated companies to purchase products from
the Company on most-favored-customer pricing and terms and to distribute such
products on a non-exclusive basis in all countries other than France, Hungary,
Poland, Italy, Monaco and Andorra (collectively, the "SAT Territories"), where
38
<PAGE> 41
sales by NERA are to be coordinated with SAT on a case-by-case basis. Under the
NERA Agreement, the Company and NERA have committed to cooperative development
of certain new XP4 products and features, and the Company has granted NERA
certain design approval rights, as well as testing rights on XP4 kits purchased
from the Company. The Company has also granted NERA a royalty-free right to
manufacture and test XP4 indoor units solely for sale with the Company's outdoor
units; and a royalty-bearing right to use the Company's designs and technologies
for the purpose of manufacturing XP4 products, effective only upon the
occurrence of one of the following restrictive conditions: (i) the failure of
the Company to timely deliver products for over two months, (ii) the bankruptcy,
termination of business or dissolution of the Company, or (iii) the termination
of manufacturing and promotion by the Company of XP4 products under the NERA
Agreement. The NERA Agreement provides for the Company to pay penalties for late
delivery, to the extent NERA is obligated to make penalty payments to its
customers due to the late delivery. The NERA Agreement has a five-year term
expiring May 30, 2002, at which time all distribution, manufacturing and other
rights will terminate. However, the Company's warranty, maintenance and repair
obligations survive termination. NERA is obligated, during the term of the
agreement and for a two-year period following its termination, not to develop,
manufacture or sell any product based on the Company's products or technologies.
The Company also is considering outsourcing some circuit board assembly to
NERA's Singapore facility.
SAT Arrangements. The Company has entered into a Cooperation Agreement with
SAT under which it has granted distribution rights to SAT for its XP4 products,
including exclusive rights in the SAT Territories and non-exclusive rights in
all other countries except in North America, Australia and New Zealand. The
Cooperation Agreement prohibits the Company from selling XP4 products directly
or indirectly in any of the SAT Territories. The Cooperation Agreement also
grants distribution rights to the Company with respect to certain SAT products;
assures each of the parties most-favored-customer pricing and terms; specifies
the maximum production capacity required to be allocated to SAT by the Company;
assures SAT access to the Company's supply relationships for custom design parts
and components, on comparable commercial terms; grants SAT the right to
advertise the XP4 products as its own; and provides for cooperation in the
development of certain features of the Company's XP4 product line, and sharing
of technical data on an ongoing basis, subject to confidentiality and other
restrictions on use.
The Cooperation Agreement also grants SAT a right to immediate use of the
Company's XP4 designs and technologies for the purpose of developing and
manufacturing (i) any product below 15 GHz within the SAT Territories and (ii)
certain products above 15 GHz, subject to limitations as to the place of
manufacture and, in certain cases, to quantity limitations. SAT is also granted
additional rights to use the Company's designs and technologies for the purpose
of manufacturing certain other XP4 products, subject to limitations as to the
place of manufacture but without quantity limitations. These additional rights
are effective only upon the occurrence of certain failures by the Company to
perform certain obligations under the Cooperation Agreement, such as failure of
the Company to timely deliver a minimum percentage of products for over three
months, discontinuation of manufacture of products, wrongful rejection of
purchase orders or failure to afford SAT "most favored customer" terms. In any
such case, the Company's failure must involve at least $100,000 of products. SAT
is required to pay specified royalties to the Company on products manufactured
pursuant to both its conditional and unconditional rights. The Cooperation
Agreement has an initial term of 5 years, expiring October 31, 2001, but is
automatically renewed for successive five-year terms unless terminated by either
party with one year's notice. Upon expiration of the initial term or upon
termination of the Cooperation Agreement due to an uncured material breach by
the Company, all manufacturing rights which are at that time effective will
become irrevocable and fully paid, and SAT will thereafter be entitled to
manufacture certain XP4 products free of any royalties or other compensation to
the Company.
In conjunction with the Cooperation Agreement, the Company and SAT have
also entered into a Master Purchase Agreement which includes confidential
conditional commitments by SAT to purchase a fixed number of XP4 products in
various frequencies and configurations from the Company within an initial
specified period, and to purchase a specified dollar amount of XP4 products
within a subsequent specified period. The Master Purchase Agreement contains
other provisions regarding product acceptance testing procedures applicable to
SAT's purchase commitment. See "Certain Transactions -- XP4 Product
Arrangements."
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Company has an ongoing research and development program to enhance its
existing products and to introduce new products. The Company invested
approximately $4.5 million and $1.9 million in the fiscal years ended
39
<PAGE> 42
March 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and $3 million in the nine month fiscal
period ended December 31, 1996 in research and development efforts. Research and
development expense decreased to $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30,
1997 as compared to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996. This
decrease was due primarily to savings realized upon transfering research and
development functions from consultants to Company employees. The Company expects
to continue to invest significant resources in product research and development.
The Company's research and development efforts focus on using existing
product architectures and technology to maintain commonality and minimize
time-to-market for new products and enhancements. The Company's research and
development efforts are currently focused on developing additional models of the
Company's XP4 product line to address higher capacity applications and greater
modulation efficiency, and on leveraging the Company's temperature resistant
technology to develop a low-cost, all-outdoor radio, and the Company has
developed prototypes of these products. The common architecture of the Company's
XP4 products, by limiting the number of new components needed to develop
products or new frequencies, also allows the Company to react quickly to
changing regulatory environments. The Company was the first manufacturer to
develop and ship radios operating in the 24 GHz range in response to the recent
licensing of the 24 GHz spectrum in the U.S. The Company's research and
development efforts continually strive to enhance software features contained in
its products, and to develop products which can be manufactured in a simple and
cost-effective manner.
The wireless communications market is subject to rapid technological
change, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, product
obsolescence, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards.
To be competitive, the Company must successfully develop, introduce and sell new
products or product enhancements that respond to changing customer requirements
on a timely and cost-effective basis. Any success of the Company in developing
new and enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors including: timely
and efficient completion of system design; timely and efficient implementation
of assembly, calibration, and test processes; development and completion of
related software; the reliability, cost and quality of its products; market
acceptance; and development and introduction of competitive products by
competitors. The Company has experienced and may experience delays from time to
time in completing development and introduction of new products. Moreover, there
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in selecting,
developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or product enhancements.
The inability of the Company to introduce in a timely manner new products or
product enhancements that contribute to sales could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
MANUFACTURING
The Company performs final assembly and test, quality assurance, packaging
and shipping at its facility in Seattle, Washington. The Company purchases all
of the circuit boards, integrated circuits and other components used in its
products from third-party suppliers. The Company inspects these components for
quality, groups the components into kits by production order and ships the kits
to its subcontractors for initial assembly. As a result of the use of common
components across the full range of XP4 products, the Company's manufacturing
process is flexible and can accommodate significant changes in the frequency or
data rate of radios produced on a daily basis. This flexibility also reduces the
Company's need to maintain a large inventory of finished goods, as radios may be
produced to meet specific customer requirements without the need for significant
lead times, setup costs or changes to the manufacturing process.
The Company designs its products to provide a high degree of reliability.
The Company inspects and tests its products during the assembly process and
tests finished products using internally developed procedures. The Company
believes its testing procedures at extreme temperatures are among the most
rigorous in the industry. The Company's quality inspection and testing also
include "burn-in" procedures throughout the assembly process to ensure the
quality and reliability of the Company's products. The Company has extensively
invested in computerized test stations reducing dependency on skilled labor and
facilitating a gradual increase in capacity. The Company believes that its
practice of conducting all testing and calibration internally has contributed to
the reliability of its products. To date, the Company's installed base of XP4
radio systems have achieved a field failure rate of less than 2%. The Company
believes that this reliability is the result of its quality assurance
procedures. The Company received ISO 9001 certification in May 1996.
40
<PAGE> 43
Certain parts incorporated in the Company's products are only available
from a single source, including the field programmable gate arrays supplied by
Xylinx, MMICs and hybrids of certain frequencies supplied by Hewlett-Packard,
saw filters supplied by Sawtek, microprocessors supplied by Motorola and power
supplies supplied by Calex and incorporated in the Company's products. Certain
other parts and components used in the Company's products are available from a
limited number of sources. The Company's reliance on these single source or
limited source suppliers involves certain risk and uncertainties, including the
possibility of a shortage or discontinuation of certain key components and
reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing capability, quality and
cost. Any reduced availability of such parts or components when required could
materially impair the Company's ability to manufacture and deliver its products
on a timely basis and result in the cancellation of orders which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, the purchase of certain key components
involves long lead times and, in the event of unanticipated increases in demand
for the Company's products, the Company may be unable to obtain such components
in sufficient quantities to meet its customers' requirements. The Company has
established dual sources for transmit and receive hybrids with Hewlett-Packard
Company ("Hewlett-Packard"), among others, through blanket order arrangements
covering estimated requirements for 1997 and 1998. The Company does not have
guaranteed supply arrangements with many of its single or limited source
suppliers, does not maintain an extensive inventory of parts or components and
customarily purchases single or limited source parts and components pursuant to
purchase orders. Business disruptions, production shortfalls or financial
difficulties of a single or limited source supplier could materially and
adversely impact the Company by increasing product costs, or reducing or
eliminating the availability of such parts or components. In such event, the
inability of the Company to establish alternative sources of supply quickly and
on a cost-effective basis could materially impair the Company's ability to
manufacture and deliver its products on a timely basis and could have a material
adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Innova's sales and marketing efforts are headquartered in the Company's
executive offices in Seattle, Washington. The Company has also established and
staffed small sales, service and customer support facilities in Shirley,
England. In addition, the Company has one sales and customer support
representative in Nashua, New Hampshire and Dallas, Texas. The Company has
recently opened a service and support facility in Mexico City, Mexico. The
Company may increase its overseas presence by opening sales and support offices
in countries not served by its distribution partners. The Company markets its
products directly to service providers in North America and certain other
countries. The Company believes that the contact it achieves with service
providers through such direct sales provides valuable feedback on product
performance and customer needs, which assists the Company in developing new and
enhanced products. The Company promotes its products through participation and
exhibition at trade shows in North America and through promotion of its products
by its system integrators in Europe and Asia.
The Company believes that the ability of its customer service personnel to
work with systems integrators in resolving any technical problems experienced by
service providers is fundamental to its success. Although system integrators are
responsible for providing customer support to the service providers, the
Company's technical support team must work closely with the systems integrator's
support personnel to promptly and efficiently identify and resolve technical
issues.
If the Company is selected to submit a proposal or bid by a new customer,
the Company may also be required to conduct system trials or provide units for
customer approval. If system trials or testing are required and successfully
completed, the Company then negotiates a contract with the customer to set
technical and commercial terms of sale. The Company generally targets systems
integrators that are involved in multiple projects including large quantities of
radios. Once a radio system has been tested by a systems integrator, determined
to meet its specification and designed into a service provider's network,
further testing or contract negotiations are generally not required for
successive orders from that systems integrator, substantially shortening the
sales cycle. The process for sales directly to service providers by the Company
is similar to the sales process for the first sale to a systems integrator, in
that it may involve field trials, contract negotiation, and take from three to
six months to complete.
41
<PAGE> 44
COMPETITION
The wireless communications market is intensely competitive. The Company's
millimeter wave radio systems compete with other wireless telecommunications
products and alternative telecommunications transmission media. The principal
competitive factors in this market include product performance and reliability,
ability to meet delivery requirements, price, and product features. The Company
believes that the relatively small size, light weight, low parts count and low
power consumption of its XP4 products, together with the embedded software
platform contained in those products, should allow the Company to compete
favorably with its principal competitors in terms of the reliability,
adaptability, upgradeability and ease of installation of its products. The
Company experiences intense competition worldwide from a number of leading
telecommunications companies that offer a variety of competitive products and
broader telecommunications product lines, including Alcatel Network Systems,
California Microwave, Inc., Digital Microwave Corporation, Ericsson Limited,
Harris Corporation -- Farinon Division, Nokia Telecommunications and P-COM,
Inc., most of which have substantially greater installed bases, financial
resources and production, marketing, manufacturing, engineering and other
capabilities than the Company. The Company may also face competition in the
future from new market entrants offering competing technologies. In addition,
the Company's current and prospective customers, including Nortel, and certain
others which have access to the Company's technology or under some circumstances
are granted the right to use the technology for purposes of manufacturing, could
develop or manufacture products competitive with those that have been or may be
developed by the Company. The Company's future results of operations may depend
in part upon the extent to which the Company's customers elect to purchase from
outside sources rather than develop and manufacture their own radio systems.
There can be no assurance that such customers will rely on or expand their
reliance on the Company as an external source of supply for their radio systems.
Recently, certain of the Company's competitors have announced the
introduction of competitive products, and the acquisition of other competitors
and competitive technologies. Within the near future, the Company expects its
competitors to continue to improve the performance and lower the price of their
current products, and to introduce new products or new technologies that provide
added functionality and other features that may or may not be comparable to the
Company's products, which could cause a significant decline in sales or loss of
market acceptance of the Company's systems, or render the Company's systems or
technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. The Company expects to continue to
experience significant price competition that may materially adversely affect
its gross margins and its business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company believes that to be competitive, it will continue to be
required to expend significant resources on, among other items, new product
development, and product enhancement and cost reduction. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Radio communications are subject to extensive regulation by foreign and
U.S. laws and international treaties. The Company's systems must conform to a
variety of international and domestic requirements established to, among other
things, avoid interference among users of radio frequencies and to permit
interconnection of equipment. In order for the Company's radios to be used in a
foreign jurisdiction, regulatory approval for its systems must be obtained and
end users must comply with such regulations. Regulatory bodies worldwide are
continuing the process of adopting new standards for wireless communication
products. The delays inherent in this governmental approval process may cause
the cancellation, postponement or rescheduling of the installation of
communications systems by the Company's customers, which in turn may have a
material adverse effect on the sale of systems by the Company to such customers.
The Company's arrangements with its distributors generally provide for the
distributor to obtain the regulatory approvals applicable to use of the
Company's products in the countries into which they are sold by the
distributors. The Company believes that its XP4 products currently comply with
all applicable U.S. and foreign regulations in countries in which its sales are
material, but changes in these regulations, the need to comply with regulations
in additional countries in the event of sales into those countries, or a failure
by the Company's distributors to obtain necessary approvals or permits in
connection with sales to service providers in a country could require the
Company to change the features of its radio systems and thereby incur
substantial costs and experience delays in radio system installation or
operations by systems integrators or service providers in countries in which its
sales are material. Failure of the Company's radio systems to comply with
current or future regulations could result in delay, suspension or cessation of
radio systems installation or operations by systems integrators or service
providers. Such regulations could
42
<PAGE> 45
require the Company to change the features of its radio systems and incur
substantial costs and experience delays to comply with such time-consuming
regulations. Equipment to support new services can be marketed only if permitted
by suitable frequency allocations, auctions and regulations, and the process of
establishing new regulations is complex and lengthy. To the extent systems
integrators or service providers are delayed in deploying these systems, the
Company could experience delays in orders. These delays could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
The regulatory environment in which the Company operates is subject to
significant change. Regulatory changes, which are affected by political,
economic and technical factors, could significantly impact the Company's
operations by restricting network deployment efforts by the Company's customers
or end users, making current systems obsolete or increasing the opportunity for
additional competition. Any such regulatory changes could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company might deem it necessary or advisable to modify its
products to operate in compliance with such regulations. Such modifications
could be extremely expensive and time-consuming.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company relies on technological innovations, trade secrets and
expertise to develop and maintain its competitive position, and upon
confidentiality procedures, common law remedies and contractual provisions to
protect its proprietary rights. The Company does not hold any patents regarding
the technology and expertise involved in the assembly, calibration and testing
of its XP4 products. The Company has applied for patents on various elements of
its radio systems. There can be no assurance, however, that such pending patent
applications will ultimately issue as patents or, if patents do issue, that the
claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect the Company's proprietary
rights or provide any competitive advantage. In addition, there can be no
assurance that issued patents or pending applications will not be challenged or
circumvented by competitors, or that rights granted will provide any competitive
advantage to the Company. The Company's agreements with its distributors
generally contain non-competition and non-disclosure provisions prohibiting the
distributor from manufacturing products based on the Company's designs for the
term of the agreement and for a short period thereafter. In general, the Company
has not entered into non-competition agreements with its management and other
employees or into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with system
integrators or service providers. Furthermore, it is likely that the Company's
competitors can obtain samples of the Company's products and, through reverse
engineering, obtain access to proprietary knowledge regarding the Company's
product designs.
The Company's success will depend in part on its ability to protect its
technology and preserve its trade secrets through common law and contractual
restrictions. There can be no assurance that the trade secrecy or other measures
taken by the Company will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its
technology, or that competitors will not be able to independently develop
technologies having similar or better functions or performance characteristics.
In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect the Company's
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. There can be no
assurance that the Company will have adequate legal remedy to prevent or seek
redress for future unauthorized misappropriation of the Company's technology.
The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid technological
change, with frequent introductions of new products and technologies. As a
result, industry participants often find it necessary to develop products and
features similar to those introduced by others, increasing the risk that their
products and processes may give rise to claims that they infringe the patents of
others. Accordingly, the Company's current and future products and processes, or
uses thereof, may conflict with patents that have been granted or may be granted
to competitors or others. Such competitors or others could bring legal actions
against the Company or its customers, claiming damages and seeking to enjoin
manufacturing, marketing or use of the affected product or processes. Similarly,
the Company may in the future find it necessary to commence litigation in order
to enforce and protect its proprietary rights. If the Company becomes involved
in any such litigation, it could consume a substantial portion of the Company's
resources and result in a significant diversion of management attention. If the
outcome of any such litigation were adverse to the Company or its customers, its
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially
adversely affected. In addition to any potential liability for damages, the
Company or its customers could be enjoined from continuing to manufacture,
market or use the affected product or process, and could be required to obtain a
license in order to continue such manufacture, marketing or use. There can be no
assurance that the Company or its customers would
43
<PAGE> 46
prevail in any such action or that any license required under any such patent
would be made available on acceptable terms, if at all.
EMPLOYEES
As of June 30, 1997, the Company employed 138 full-time and temporary
employees. None of the Company's employees is represented by a collective
bargaining agreement. The Company's future performance will depend in large
measure on its ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. The
Company has never experienced a work stoppage and believes its relationship with
its employees to be good.
FACILITIES
The Company's corporate offices and research, development and manufacturing
facilities are located in Seattle, Washington, in two leased buildings
aggregating approximately 60,000 square feet. The Company also leases 2,200
square feet of office space in Shirley, England. The Company believes its
facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the next 12 months.
BACKLOG
The Company's backlog was approximately $11.6 million as of June 30, 1997.
The Company includes in backlog only customer commitments for which it has
received signed purchase orders and assigned shipment dates within the following
180 days. The Company's experience has been that customers generally request
shipment within 60 days of their order date. Customer orders have exceeded the
Company's ability to manufacture radio systems. The Company intends to increase
its manufacturing capacity and believes that backlog will decrease, as a
percentage of sales, as the Company becomes able to fill orders on a more timely
basis. Moreover, substantially all of the product orders comprising the
Company's backlog scheduled for shipment in the next six months can be canceled
with limited or no penalties at any time before shipment. Thus, backlog may not
result in revenues or, as of any particular date, be a reliable indicator of
sales for any future period.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.
44
<PAGE> 47
MANAGEMENT
The members of the Board of Directors, executive officers and other key
employees of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---------------------------------- --- -------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Jean-Francois Grenon.............. 41 Director
V. Frank Mendicino(1)............. 58 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Executive Vice President -- Sales and
Colin J.R. Pallemaerts............ 67 Marketing
Barbara J. Williams............... 53 Chief Operating Officer
John M. Hemingway................. 50 Secretary and Chief Financial Officer
Randy J. Karr..................... 40... Vice President -- Manufacturing
Paul H. Lemson.................... 50... Director of Engineering
Patric W. McDonald................ 59 Chief Technical Officer
William J. Meighan................ 50 Director of Quality Assurance
Paul S. Bachow(1)................. 46 Director
Frances N. Janis(2)............... 38 Director
Harold O. Shattuck(1)(2).......... 60 Director
Bernard D. Tarr, Jr.(2)........... 37 Director
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
JEAN-FRANCOIS GRENON joined the Company in February 1996 as its President
and Chief Executive Officer, and has served as a Director of the Company since
June 1996. From March 1994 to December 1995, Mr. Grenon served as President of
Microwave Radio Corporation, Digital Radio Group, a division of California
Microwave Radio that he helped found, which develops and manufactures digital
millimeter wave radios. From April 1990 to March 1994, Mr. Grenon served as Vice
President and General Manager of Microwave Radio Corporation, a developer of
microwave radio transmission equipment. Mr. Grenon holds an MBA from Harvard
Business School and a BSEE from Ecole Polytechnique, Universite de Montreal.
V. FRANK MENDICINO has served as a Director of the Company since July 1989
and as its Chairman since February 1992. Since 1983, Mr. Mendicino has served as
a General Partner of Woodside Fund, Woodside Fund II and Woodside Fund III, each
of which is a private investment fund. He has also served as a director of over
15 private companies.
COLIN J.R. PALLEMAERTS joined the Company in 1992 and now serves as
Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing. From November 1991 to April
1992, Mr. Pallemaerts served as Vice President of Marketing at P-Com, a
manufacturer of millimeter wave radio equipment. From January 1989 through
November 1991, he served as Vice President International Marketing for Digital
Microwave Corporation, a leading manufacturer of digital microwave systems. Mr.
Pallemaerts holds a Higher National Certificate in Electrical Engineering from
the Mid Essex Technical College and is a Graduate Member of the British
Institute of Electrical Engineers, a BSEE equivalent.
BARBARA J. WILLIAMS has served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer
since November 1995. From May 1995 to November 1995, she served as the XP4
Project Manager and from November 1994 to May 1995 as the Company's
Manufacturing Information Systems Manager. From June 1984 to November 1994, she
held various product manager positions at Hewlett-Packard, an electronics
manufacturer, including (i) Project Manager of Research and Development, (ii)
Manager of Customer Support, Surface Mount Technology Center and (iii)
Production Manager, Surface Mount Technology Center. Ms. Williams holds a Ph.D.
in Biostatistics from the University of Washington, an M.S. in Mathematics from
the University of Alaska and a B.A. in Microbiology from the University of
Missouri.
JOHN M. HEMINGWAY has served as the Company's Secretary and Chief Financial
Officer since joining the Company in June 1991. From September 1988 to December
1990, Mr. Hemingway served as a consultant to Disenos Industriales Plasticus, a
manufacturer of video cassettes and similar products located in Mexico and a
wholly-owned
45
<PAGE> 48
subsidiary of Grupo Televisa. From April 1978 to September 1988, Mr. Hemingway
served as Chief Financial Officer and a director of Shape, Inc., a manufacturer
of audio and video cassettes, computer tape and diskettes, compact disks and
automatic assembly equipment. Mr. Hemingway holds a B.A. degree from Yale
University in Latin American Studies and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth College. He is
a Certified Public Accountant.
RANDY J. KARR has served as Vice President-Manufacturing of the Company
since January 1997. He joined the Company as Director of Manufacturing in
December 1995. From December 1992 to December 1995, Mr. Karr served as Director
of Operations for MRC-Digital, a position he held since the inception of
MRC-Digital in 1992. From August 1982 to December 1992, Mr. Karr managed the
design and development of the Micro-Beam broad-band microwave link business at
Channel Master, a division of AVNET Corporation, a distributor of electronic
components. Mr. Karr holds a BSEE from Missouri State University.
PAUL S. BACHOW has served as a Director of the Company since January 1993.
He has been President of Bachow & Associates, Inc. ("Bachow & Associates"),
since its formation in December 1989. Mr. Bachow also acts as President of the
General Partner of each of Paul S. Bachow Co-Investment Fund, L.P., and Bachow
Investment Partners III, L.P. Mr. Bachow serves as a director of Deb Shops,
Inc., a publicly traded company in the women's clothing business, Anadigics,
Inc., a publicly traded manufacturer of gallium arsenide chips for use in a
broad array of communications devices, and several private companies. He has a
B.A. from American University, a J.D. from Rutgers University and a Masters
Degree in tax law from New York University, and is a C.P.A.
FRANCES N. JANIS has served as a Director of the Company since April 1996.
Since February 1994, Ms. Janis has been the Executive Vice President of Pomona
Partners Inc., which is the General Partner of Pomona Capital II, L.P., where
she is responsible for making direct investments in private companies and
purchasing limited partnership interests in Venture Capital/Leveraged Buyout
funds. From 1983 to 1994 she served as General Partner in Hambro International
Venture Fund II, a private investment firm, where Ms. Janis' responsibilities
included investing in early-stage private companies.
HAROLD O. SHATTUCK has served as a Director of the Company since February
1992. Since May 1991, he has been President of MC Tecinvest Inc., a consulting
company specializing in operations, executive consulting and financial advising
to early- and growth-stage companies in the computer, software and
communications industries. In that capacity, he has advised such clients as
Xerox Venture Capital and MC Partners I and II, offshore funds investing in U.S.
venture capital funds.
BERNARD D. TARR, JR. has served as a Director of the Company since February
1995. Since April 1997, Mr. Tarr has served as a Managing Director of Arete
Ventures, Inc. and as a Managing Director of Arete Ventures, LLC. From September
1990 to April 1997 he served as a Vice President of Arete Ventures, Inc. Arete
Ventures, Inc. is the Managing Partner of the UVCC Funds. Arete Ventures, LLC is
the Managing Member of the Utility Competitive Advantage Fund, LLC, which
invests in private telecommunications, information technology and customer
service companies.
Directors of the Company serve one-year terms or until their successors
have been elected and qualified. Officers are elected annually and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors, subject to the terms of any employment
agreements with the Company.
The Board of Directors has a standing Audit Committee and Compensation
Committee. The Audit Committee, currently composed of Messrs. Tarr and Shattuck,
and Ms. Janis, reviews the Company's internal accounting procedures and consults
with and reviews the services provided by the Company's independent accountants.
The Compensation Committee, currently composed of Messrs. Bachow, Mendicino and
Shattuck, reviews and makes recommendations to the full Board of Directors with
respect to the compensation and benefits to be provided to the Company's
officers and directors and general policy matters relating to employee
compensation and benefits.
OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES
PAUL H. LEMSON joined the Company in January 1997 as Director of
Engineering. From March 1995 to October 1996, he served as Engineering Manager
and then Senior Scientist at AT&T Wireless Services, Inc. (formerly McCaw
Cellular), a provider of cellular telephone services, where he supervised RF and
digital hardware engineers, realtime embedded software engineers and
administrative staff. From January 1989 to March 1995, Mr. Lemson served as
46
<PAGE> 49
Senior Technologist and then as Principal Member of Technical Staff at
Southwestern Bell Technology Resources, Inc., a technology development
subsidiary of the Southwestern Bell family of companies, where he worked in
development of Southwestern Bell's technology for PCS and wireless local loop.
Mr. Lemson holds a BSEE from the University of Houston.
WILLIAM J. MEIGHAN joined the Company in May 1996 as Director of Quality
Assurance. From June 1995 to May 1996 he served as a consultant to the Company
while a Director at Rainday Professional Services, a consulting service
specializing in ISO 9000 implementation, continuous improvement training and
quality auditing services, which position he held from May 1993 to June 1995.
From September 1990 to May 1993, Mr. Meighan served as Operations/Program
Manager at BP Chemicals Advanced Materials Division, an aerospace composites
company. Mr. Meighan holds a B.S. in Physics from the University of Washington
and a M.S. in Applied Statistics from Utah State University.
PATRIC W. MCDONALD has served as Chief Technical Officer since joining the
Company in July 1991. From February 1988 to July 1991, Mr. McDonald served as
Chief Executive Officer of Sierra Digital Communications Incorporated, a
designer and manufacturer of digital and analog microwave communication systems,
a company he co-founded. From December 1985 to February 1988, Mr. McDonald
served as Engineering Manager at the Transmission Systems Division of Avantek,
Inc., a designer and manufacturer of millimeter-wave digital communications
equipment. He was also employed by General Electric in the Microwave Products
Department for over 20 years. Mr. McDonald holds a BSEE from the University of
Evansville.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
All directors of the Company are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred attending meetings of the Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors granted Mr. Shattuck, as compensation for his
service as a director during 1996, (i) $1,000 in cash for each regularly
scheduled Board meeting attended and (ii) options to purchase 1,420 shares of
Common Stock, with an exercise price of $1.968 per share and, as compensation
for his service as a director during 1997, $1,000 in cash for each regularly
scheduled Board meeting attended, and options to purchase 1,736 shares of Common
Stock, with an exercise price of $2.88 per share of Common Stock.
The Company's Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan") was adopted
in June 1997. In connection with the adoption of the Director Plan, each
non-employee director received options to purchase up to 10,000 shares of Common
Stock (other than Mr. Shattuck, whose option was reduced to reflect the option
previously granted for service in 1997, as reflected above) resulting in the
grant of options covering an aggregate of 48,263 shares of Common Stock. These
options vested on the date of grant and had an exercise price of $9.84 per
share, which was determined by the Board of Directors to be not less than the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The Director Plan
provides for additional grants to non-employee directors of options to purchase
4,000 shares of Common Stock commencing on January 1, 1998 and thereafter at
each annual shareholder's meeting, commencing in 1999. The exercise price of
options granted under the Director Plan is determined by a formula based on the
trading price of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days preceding the grant.
One quarter of the options granted vest after one year, with the remainder
vesting in 36 equal monthly increments. Unvested options under the Director Plan
expire upon termination of service other than by death, or disability, to the
extent not exercised. The options are granted automatically without further
action from the Board of Directors, except to the extent necessary to determine
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
47
<PAGE> 50
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Summary. The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation earned during calendar 1996 by the Chief Executive Officer and the
four next most highly compensated executive officers during that year (the
"named executive officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-term Compensation
Awards
-------------------------------------------
ANNUAL
COMPENSATION(1)
-------------------- SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY BONUS UNDERLYING OPTIONS
- ---------------------------------------------------- -------- ------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Jean-Francois Grenon................................ $131,539(2) $10,000 611,750
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
Colin J.R. Pallemaerts.............................. 137,198 -- 67,198
Executive Vice President -- Sales and Marketing
Barbara J. Williams................................. 119,246 -- 90,294
Chief Operating Officer
John M. Hemingway................................... 117,692 -- 62,318
Secretary and Chief Financial Officer
Randy J. Karr....................................... 88,561 20,000 89,702
Vice President -- Manufacturing
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) In 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company changed the fiscal year end
from March 31 to December 31. Fiscal year 1996 commenced on April 1, 1996
and ended December 31, 1996. Amounts reported are for the twelve months
ended December 31, 1996.
(2) Mr. Grenon commenced service for the Company in February, 1996.
Option Grants. The following table shows information concerning stock
options granted to the named executive officers in calendar 1996.
OPTION GRANTS DURING THE CALENDAR YEAR 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
------------------------------------------ VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
NUMBER OF RATES OF STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
UNDERLYING OPTIONS GRANTED EXERCISE TERM(3)
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES IN PRICE(2) EXPIRATION ------------------------
NAME GRANTED(1) CALENDAR YEAR ($/SHARE) DATE 5% 10%
- --------------------------- ----------- ---------------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Jean-Francois Grenon....... 611,750 58.7 1.968 2/20/2016 $1,990,445 $6,895,475
Colin J.R. Pallemaerts..... 67,198 6.5 1.968 12/17/2016 218,641 757,437
John M. Hemingway.......... 62,318 6.0 1.968 12/17/2016 202,763 702,431
Barbara J. Williams........ 90,294 8.7 1.968 12/17/2016 293,789 1,017,767
Randy J. Karr.............. 89,702 8.6 1.968 12/17/2016 291,862 1,011,096
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The options vest as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the
date of grant, with the remaining shares vesting ratably over the next 36
months. One half of the options were subject to performance vesting criteria
when granted, but were amended in 1997 to provide for vesting over time.
(2) The exercise price of each option was not less than the estimated fair value
of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
(3) Based upon the estimated fair value of the Common Stock on the date of grant
and assumed appreciation over the term of the options at the respective
annual rates of stock appreciation shown. Potential gains are net of the
exercise price but before taxes associated with the exercise. The 5% and 10%
assumed annual rates of compounded stock appreciation are mandated by the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent the
Company's estimate or projection of the future price of the Common Stock.
Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future
financial performance of the Company and overall market conditions. The
actual value realized may be greater or less than the potential realizable
value set forth in the table.
48
<PAGE> 51
Year-End Option Values. None of the named executive officers exercised any
stock options during calendar year 1996. The following table sets forth certain
information regarding the number and value of unexercised options held by the
named executive officers at December 31, 1996.
YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES UNDERLYING VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-THE-
UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT FISCAL MONEY OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-
YEAR-END(1) END(2)
----------------------------- -----------------------------
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Jean-Francois Grenon........................ -- 611,750 -- $ 5,525,326
Colin J.R. Pallemaerts...................... 44,528 79,367 $ 422,841 593,283
John M. Hemingway........................... 35,000 65,115 316,120 588,119
Barbara J. Williams......................... 10,611 114,536 95,839 1,034,489
Randy J. Karr............................... 2,604 97,514 $ 23,519 $ 880,746
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Does not include options granted in 1997.
(2) Represents the value of the shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding
options, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per
share, less the aggregate option exercise price.
BENEFIT PLANS
Stock Options. The Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan permits options to
purchase up to an aggregate of 2,083,333 shares of Common Stock to be granted to
employees and nonemployees of the Company. The Plan is administered by the Board
of Directors, which has the authority to select individuals who are to receive
options and to specify the terms and conditions of each option so granted,
including the number of shares covered by the option, the type of option
(incentive stock option or nonqualified option), the exercise price (which, in
case of options granted after the effective date of the Offering, must be at
least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock), vesting provisions,
and the overall option term. At June 30, 1997, options to purchase an aggregate
of 1,655,298 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Plan.
401(k) Plan. The Company maintains a 401(k) plan that covers all employees
who satisfy certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age, length of
service and hours worked. Under the profit sharing portion of the plan, the
Company may make an annual contribution for the benefit of eligible employees in
an amount determined by the Board of Directors, but no such contributions have
been made to date. Under the 401(k) portion of the plan, eligible employees may
make pre-tax elective contributions of up to 10% of their compensation, subject
to maximum limits on contributions prescribed by law.
49
<PAGE> 52
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
FINANCING TRANSACTIONS
Between 1989 and June 1997, the following officers, directors and
beneficial owners of 5% or more of the Company's capital stock participated in a
complex series of financing transactions pursuant to which the Company issued
seven series of convertible Preferred Stock (Series A, B, C, C1, D, E and F),
warrants to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock, warrants to purchase
shares of Common Stock, convertible notes, all of which were subsequently repaid
or converted into one or another series of Preferred Stock, and certain other
notes, all of which have been paid in full: Woodside Fund, Woodside Fund II and
Woodside Fund III (the "Woodside Funds"); UVCC Fund II and UVCC II Parallel
Fund, L.P. (collectively "UVCC"); Tregor Electronique, S.A. ("Tregor"), a
holding company of SAT; Bachow Investment Partners III, L.P. ("Bachow Investment
Partners"), Paul S. Bachow Co-Investment Fund ("Bachow Co-Investment Fund") and
Paul S. Bachow ("Bachow") (collectively, the "Bachow Entities"); Pomona Capital
II, L.P. ("Pomona") and Baupost Limited Partnership 1983 C-1 ("Baupost"); V.
Frank Mendicino ("Medicino") and the V. Frank Mendicino Defined Benefit Pension
Plan (the "Benefit Plan"); Brian Flynn, former acting CEO, and Daniel Nelson,
former Vice President of Manufacturing. Under the Company's Restated Articles of
Incorporation, as amended, each share of Preferred Stock outstanding at the
closing of the Offering will be automatically converted into one share of Common
Stock. Set forth below are descriptions of insider participation in these
transactions over the past three years.
1994 Series A Financings and Related Bridge Financings. In April 1994, the
Company issued an aggregate of 338,188 shares of Series A Preferred Stock
pursuant to the antidilution rights of certain holders of Series A Preferred
Stock derived from the previous Series A financings, which were completed in
1989, 1990, 1992 and 1993. In this issuance, Woodside Fund and Woodside Fund II
together and UVCC were issued 96,100 and 23,936 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, respectively. At approximately the same time, Woodside Fund II and
Woodside Fund III and one unaffiliated investor advanced the Company an
aggregate of $246,934 in exchange for non-interest bearing notes (the "1994
Woodside Notes") convertible into Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $7.9168
per share and rights to receive warrants to purchase Common Stock based on the
amount invested, at an exercise price of $0.84 per share. In this transaction,
Woodside Funds received $46,934 of these notes. In May 1994, the rights to
receive warrants to purchase Common Stock were amended to provide the investors
with the right to receive either warrants to purchase Common Stock at an
exercise price of $0.84 per share or warrants to purchase Series A Preferred
Stock at an exercise price of $0.84 per share. These notes were converted in May
1994 as described below. V. Frank Medicinio, the Chairman of the Company's Board
of Directors is a General Partner of the Woodside Funds. Bernard D. Tarr, Jr., a
member of the Company's Board of Directors, is a Managing Director of UVCC.
In May 1994, $1,700,000 of outstanding convertible non-interest bearing
notes issued in connection with the Series A Financing and the 1994 Woodside
Notes (collectively, the "Series A Notes") were converted into Series A
Preferred Stock at a price of $7.9168 per share, and warrants were issued to
purchase a total of 462,639 shares of Series A Preferred Stock with an exercise
price of $0.84 per share, to 20 investors. In this transaction, Woodside Funds
and UVCC were issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock with an aggregate
purchase price of $757,853 and $131,386, respectively, and warrants to purchase
177,429 and 37,540 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, respectively. In December
1994, the remaining notes issued in connection with the Series A Financing (all
of which were held by unaffiliated investors) were converted into shares of
Series A Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $500,000 at a price
of $7.9168 per share and warrants to purchase a total of 19,338 shares of Series
A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.84 per share were issued to these
same unaffiliated investors.
In May 1994, the Company issued Tregor a warrant to purchase 56,378 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Company's contractual obligation to
adjust SAT's percentage ownership of the Company to 10% in connection with the
conversion of the Series A Notes. The Company no longer has such obligation.
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into
one share of Common Stock (or an aggregate of 1,574,143 shares of Common Stock)
upon consummation of the Offering and all material contractual covenants by the
Company in favor of the Series A Preferred Stock holders will automatically
terminate, other than the registration rights described below. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sales -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
50
<PAGE> 53
Series B Financing. In April 1994, the Bachow Entities acquired a
$1,000,000 convertible note bearing interest at 15% per annum (the "Bachow
Note"). The Bachow Note, including accrued interest of $20,135, was converted
into Series B. Preferred Stock at a price of $6.0850 per share in May 1994 in
connection with the closing of the Series B Financing. In May 1994, the Company
also issued additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate
purchase price of $1,999,997 to the Bachow Entities at a price of $6.0850 per
share along with three options to purchase additional shares of Series B
Preferred Stock. In July and August of 1994, the first of the three options was
fully exercised. Pursuant to the exercise, the Bachow Entities purchased shares
of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $2,800,000 at a
price of $6.3679 per share. The second and third options expired unexercised.
Each of the 804,553 outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into one share of Common Stock upon consummation of the
Offering and all material contractual covenants of the Company in favor of the
Series B Preferred Stockholders will automatically terminate upon consummation
of the Offering, other than the registration rights described below. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sales -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
1994 Bridge Loan. In September 1994, Woodside Fund III loaned the Company
$178,650 pursuant to a note, which has since been repaid in full. In October
1994, the Bachow Entities loaned the Company an aggregate of $500,000 evidenced
by notes, payable on or before October 31, 1994 and bearing interest at the rate
of 10.75% per annum, with a default interest rate of 15% per annum. These notes
were exchanged for Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $6.3672 per share at
the time of the Series C financing described below.
SAT Note. In October 1994, SAT loaned the Company $300,000, which was
subsequently repaid in full.
Series C and C1 Financing. In February and April 1995, the Bachow Entities,
Tregor, UVCC, Woodside Funds, purchased Series C Preferred Stock with an
aggregate purchase price of $997,181, $1,495,771, $159,549 and $944,225,
respectively, Common Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $2,819, $4,229,
$458 and $3,669, respectively, at a purchase price of $.024 per share and
received warrants to purchase 283,859 shares, 425,789 shares, 45,416 shares, and
268,784 shares, of Common Stock, respectively, at a price of $.024 per share in
a financing transaction in which the Company sold Series C Preferred Stock with
an aggregate purchase price of $4,229,792 at a price of $6.3672 per share,
Common Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $11,957 at a price of $.024 per
share, and issued warrants to purchase a total of 1,204,050 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $.024 per share to these persons and 13 other
unaffiliated investors.
In September and November 1995, the Company sold of Series C1 Preferred
Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $2,890,428 at a price of $6.3672 per
share, Common Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $8,171 at a price of
$.024 per share and issued warrants to purchase a total of 680,917 shares of
Common Stock with an exercise price of $.024 per share to Bachow Investment
Partners, Bachow, UVCC, Woodside Funds, and 14 other unaffiliated investors. In
this transaction, Bachow Investment Partners, Bachow, UVCC and Woodside Funds
acquired Series C1 Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of
$1,520,661, $249,296, and $648,168 respectively, shares of Common Stock with an
aggregate purchase price of $4,229, $705, and $1,832, respectively, and received
warrants to purchase 358,239, 58,728, and 152,695 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $.024 per share, respectively.
Each of the 1,120,592 outstanding shares of Series C and C1 Preferred Stock
will be automatically converted into one share of Common Stock upon consummation
of the offering and all contractual covenants by the Company in favor of the
holders of Series C and C1 Preferred Stock will automatically terminate, other
than the registration rights described below. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sales -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
1995 Bridge Loans. From November 1995 through January 1996 Bachow
Investment Partners, UVCC, Woodside Fund III, and nine other unaffiliated
investors loaned the Company $1,000,000. Of this amount, Bachow Investment
Partners, UVCC and Woodside Fund III advanced $491,921, $87,828, and $291,922,
respectively. The notes (the "1995 Notes") received by the investors were
payable on demand on or after April 1, 1996, and bore interest at a rate of 16%
per annum for 90 days from the date of issuance and at the rate of 21% per annum
thereafter until paid in full. The investors to whom these notes were issued
were also granted rights to receive warrants to purchase Common Stock, the
exercise price of which was to be the lower of $4.80 per share or 80% of the
average price at which the next $20,000,000 of equity is raised by the Company.
The number of warrants to be received was
51
<PAGE> 54
determined by multiplying the principle amount of the note by 50% and dividing
the result by the exercise price of the warrants as determined above (the "1995
Bridge Warrants").
1996 Bridge Loans. In March and April 1996, Bachow Investment Partners,
Bachow, UVCC, Woodside Fund III, and 13 other unaffiliated persons advanced the
Company an aggregate of $6,069,869 as advances in respect of possible purchases
of Series D Preferred Stock. In this transaction, Bachow Investment Partners and
Bachow, UVCC, and Woodside Fund III were issued notes ("Series D Notes") (all of
which were subsequently converted into Series D Preferred Stock) in the
principal amount of $3,543,263, $350,000, and $1,258,078, respectively. In the
event the Company closed a financing at a pre-money valuation greater than $22.5
million, holders of the Series D Notes were eligible to receive warrants to
purchase Common Stock with an exercise price of $.024 upon the consummation of
such financing (the "1996 Bridge Warrants"). The number of shares to be covered
by the 1996 Bridge Warrants was equal to the difference between the number of
shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series D
Notes, if the notes were converted at a pre-money valuation of $22.5 million,
and the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Series D Notes if the Series D Financing occurred at a higher valuation.
Series D Financing. In April 1996, substantially all of the 1995 Notes and
Series D Notes were converted into shares of Series D Preferred Stock with an
aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000, at a price of $3.228 per share with the
balance being paid in cash. Bachow Investment Partners, Bachow, UVCC and
Woodside Fund III received shares of Series D Preferred Stock with an aggregate
purchase price of $4,035,184, $437,828 and $1,550,000 respectively. Upon the
closing of the Series D financing, the Company issued 1995 Bridge warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 193,611 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price per
share of $2.5824. Bachow Investment Partners, UVCC, and Woodside Fund III
received 1995 Bridge warrants to purchase 95,244, 17,004, and 56,521 shares of
Common Stock, respectively. The Company also issued 1996 Bridge Warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 367,082 shares of Common Stock, with Bachow Investment
Partners, Bachow, UVCC and Woodside Fund III receiving 1996 Bridge Warrants to
purchase 211,610, 22,960 and 81,284 shares of Common Stock, respectively.
In the Series D Financing the Company also issued to Pomona and Baupost
Series D Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000 at a
price of $3.228 per share.
Each of the 3,717,643 shares of Series D Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into one share of Common Stock upon consummation of the
offering, and all contractual covenants by the Company in favor of the holders
of Series D Preferred Stock will automatically terminate, other than the
registration rights described below. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sales -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
November 1996 Through March 1997 Bridge Financing. In November 1996 and
December 1996, Bachow Investment Partners, Baupost and Pomona, Brian Flynn, UVCC
and Woodside Fund III loaned the Company $572,513, $326,535, $6,507, $71,114 and
$282,450 respectively, or an aggregate of $1,500,000, and received notes in
exchange (the "Series E Notes"). The notes bore interest at 12% per year and
were payable on demand 90 days after issuance. The Series E Notes were
convertible into Series E Preferred Stock at the option of the holder 90 days
from the date of issuance if not repaid by the Company prior to 91 days from the
date of issuance, at a conversion price of $.1345 per share. In a second related
bridge financing in March 1997, Bachow Investment Partners and Bachow advanced
$1,541,395, Baupost and Pomona advanced $371,303, UVCC advanced $172,902 and
Woodside Fund III advanced $686,739, or an aggregate of $3,000,000, for
additional Series E Notes. $1,500,000 of the proceeds from this financing
retired the notes issued in November and December and notes in the remaining
$1,500,000 were converted into Series E Preferred Stock in connection with the
Series E financing described below.
Series E Financing. In March 1997 Bachow Investment Partners and Bachow,
UVCC, Woodside Fund III, Pomona and Baupost converted all of their Series E
Notes into shares of Series E Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price
of $2,336,581, $287,314, $1,141,171 and $618,838, respectively, at a price of
$5.19384 per share. In this transaction the Company issued Series E Preferred
Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $4,999,999.
Each of the 962,669 shares of Series E Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into one share of Common Stock upon consummation of the
Offering, and all contractual covenants by the Company in favor of the holders
of Series E Preferred Stock will automatically terminate, other than the
registration rights described below. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sales -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
52
<PAGE> 55
1997 Bridge Loans. In May 1997, Bachow & Associates and Woodside Fund III
each advanced the Company $250,000 in anticipation of the Series F Financing
described below. These amounts were repaid in full at the closing of the Series
F Financing.
Series F Financing. In June 1997, the Company sold Series F Preferred Stock
with an aggregate purchase price of $3,500,000 at a price per share of $6.96 to
Mendicino and the Benefit Plan and 10 other unaffiliated investors. Mr.
Mendicino and the Benefit Plan purchased $87,355 of Series F Preferred Stock at
a price per share of $6.96.
Each of the 502,867 shares of Series F Preferred Stock will be
automatically converted into one share of Common Stock upon consummation of the
Offering, and all contractual covenants by the Company in favor of the holders
of Series F Preferred Stock will automatically terminate, other than the
registration rights described below. See "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale -- Outstanding Registration Rights."
Additional Note Issuances. In October and November 1994, and November 1995,
the Company issued promissory notes in an aggregate amount of $470,000 to
Woodside Fund III. In November and December 1994, the Company issued promissory
notes in an aggregate amount of $1,300,000 to SAT. In February 1996, the Company
issued a promissory note in the amount of $135,000 to Brian Flynn, who was
Acting Chief Executive Officer at the time. All of these notes have been repaid
in full.
MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS; SALES OF XP3 AND XP4 PRODUCT
SAT. The Company has entered into several agreements with SAT concerning
technical cooperation in the development of the Company's products, and the
purchase, distribution and manufacture of such products by SAT, as follows:
XP3 Product Arrangements. In October 1992, the Company entered into a
Master Agreement which provided for cooperative development of certain products
based on the Company's XP3 architecture, payment by SAT of $800,000 to the
Company upon achievement of certain development milestones, and the granting to
SAT of certain marketing and manufacturing rights as to XP3 products. In June
1993, the Company and SAT entered into an OEM Distributor Agreement pertaining
to the XP3 product line (as modified by four subsequent amendments, the "XP3 OEM
Agreement"), which granted SAT a right to purchase XP3 products on most-favored
customer terms, and a right to distribute such products on an exclusive basis in
France and certain other European countries and on a non-exclusive basis
elsewhere; imposed certain limits on the Company's sales of XP3 products;
granted SAT a right to manufacture XP3 products in France subject to certain
conditions, limitations and royalty obligations; provided for cooperation in
product development and access to component suppliers; and granted SAT a right
of first refusal as to XP4 distribution and manufacturing rights in France and
certain other countries. In December 1994, following a decision by the Company
to concentrate development efforts on its new XP4 product architecture, the
Company and SAT executed a Processor For Hire Agreement (as modified by
subsequent amendments, the "Processing Agreement"), under which SAT acquired the
Company's inventory of XP3 parts and work in process for approximately $2.6
million (paid for in part by satisfying approximately $1.9 million of advances
made to the Company by SAT), and the Company agreed to continue manufacturing
XP3 products for SAT in return for a processing fee based on the Company's
actual costs of manufacturing.
The Company's sales of XP3 products to SAT constituted substantially all of
the Company's net product sales of $1,151,605 and $445,229 in the years ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and were $3,000 and $0 in the nine month
fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997,
respectively. Processing fees received by the Company from SAT under the
Processing Agreement amounted to $1,206,894, $1,516,870, $53,257, and $0 in the
years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, the nine month fiscal period ended December
31, 1996, and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. The Processing
Agreement was terminated by mutual agreement of the parties in April 1997. On
June 20, 1997, the Company and SAT agreed to terminate the Master Agreement and
XP3 OEM Agreement, and SAT was granted a fully-paid, perpetual, worldwide
license to manufacture, modify and otherwise exploit the XP3 technology. Having
transitioned its product development, sales and marketing, and strategic focus
to the XP4 product line, the Company does not believe that SAT's continuing
rights as to XP3 products pose either a competitive threat or a significant
impediment to the Company's ability to distribute its XP4 products through SAT.
53
<PAGE> 56
XP4 Product Arrangements. In November 1995, the Company and SAT entered
into a Memorandum of Understanding providing for joint development of a product
specification for the Company's XP4 product line, joint ownership of an XP4
interface specification subject to certain transfer limitations, efforts by both
parties to develop compatible and complementary product lines, and development
of a plan for purchases of products by each party from the other. This
Memorandum of Understanding was terminated in June 1997. On October 31, 1996,
the Company and SAT entered into a more detailed Cooperation Agreement, which
provides for cooperative development of XP4 products, and grants SAT certain
exclusive and nonexclusive distribution rights as to XP4 products, as well as
certain unconditional and conditional limited rights to manufacture certain XP4
products. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Grants of Limited
Manufacturing Rights" and "Business -- Distribution Relationships -- SAT
Arrangements." Simultaneously with the Cooperation Agreement, the Company and
SAT entered into a Master Purchase Agreement, which included a confidential
conditional commitment by SAT to purchase a limited fixed number of XP4 products
in various frequencies and configurations from the Company for an initial
specified period, and thereafter a commitment to purchase a limited quantity of
XP4 products corresponding to a fixed dollar amount for a specific period. The
Master Purchase Agreement contains other provisions regarding product acceptance
testing procedures applicable to SAT's purchase commitment. Orders satisfying
SAT's purchase commitment have been placed and shipments are expected to have
been completed by the fourth quarter of 1997. On June 20, 1997, the Company and
SAT amended the Cooperation Agreement to expand certain of SAT's development and
manufacturing rights, to modify the terms of sale between the parties, and to
add a confidential conditional commitment by SAT to purchase a specified dollar
amount of XP4 products within a specified period. The Company's sales of XP4
products to SAT were $3,352,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997.
Sales to Bachow Communications
During the fiscal period ended December 31, 1996, the Company sold XP4
radios and other equipment with an aggregate purchase price of $212,000 to
Bachow Communications, Inc. Paul S. Bachow, a director of the Company, is the
sole shareholder and President of Bachow Communications.
Compensation to Bachow & Associates for Acting CEO's Services.
In May 1996, Bachow & Associates received $217,500 for the services
provided by Brian Flynn, formerly a Managing Director of Bachow & Associates,
who served as the acting Chief Executive Officer of the Company from January
1995 to February 1996.
Policy Concerning Transactions with Related Parties
The Company has adopted a policy prohibiting transactions with its
directors, officers or controlling shareholders or their affiliates other than
those that result from competitive bidding or that a majority of the Company's
disinterested directors conclude are expected to benefit the Company and are on
terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in arm's-length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
54
<PAGE> 57
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of July 8, 1997, and as adjusted to reflect the
sale of shares of Common Stock in the Offering for (i) each person known to the
Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each of the
Company's directors, (iii) each of the Company's named executive officers and
(iv) all of the Company's executive officers and directors as a group. Except as
otherwise noted, the named beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power
with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned by such person.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES PERCENT PERCENT
NAME AND ADDRESS(1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED BEFORE OFFERING AFTER OFFERING
- ---------------------------------------------- ------------------ --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS
Paul S. Bachow(2)............................. 4,155,450 39.2% 31.7%
c/o Bachow & Associates
3 Bala Plaza, Suite 502
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
V. Frank Mendicino(3)......................... 2,318,801 22.3 18.0
c/o Woodside Funds
4133 Mohr Avenue, Suite H
Pleasanton, CA 94566
Frances N. Janis(4)........................... 1,678,094 17.4 13.8
c/o Pomona Capital II, L.P.
780 Third Avenue, 28th Floor
New York, NY 10017-7076
Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications(5)...... 1,083,402 10.7 8.6
c/o Tregor Electronique S.A.
11 Rue Watt, B.P. 370
75626 Paris, CEDEX13
France
Bernard D. Tarr, Jr.(6)....................... 584,292 5.9 4.7
c/o Arete Ventures, Inc.
6110 Executive Blvd., Suite 1040
Rockville, MD 20852
Jean-Francois Grenon(7)(8).................... 229,404 2.3 1.9
Harold O. Shattuck(7)(9)...................... 19,277 * *
Colin J.R. Pallemaerts(7)(10)................. 63,533 * *
John M. Hemingway(7)(11)...................... 48,183 * *
Barbara J. Williams(7)(12).................... 31,514 * *
Randy J. Karr(7)(13).......................... 19,290 * *
All Directors and Executive Officers
as a Group (10 persons)(14)................. 9,147,839 76.6 63.3
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Less than 1%.
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and includes shares over which the
indicated beneficial owner exercises voting and/or investment power. Shares
of Common Stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable
within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage
ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding
for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as
indicated, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the
persons named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
(2) Includes 2,615,090 shares held by Bachow Investment Partners III, L.P., and
277,457 shares held by Paul S. Bachow Co. - Investment Fund, L.P., both
limited partnerships. Mr. Bachow is the President of the General Partner of
the General Partner of each of Bachow Investment Partners and Bachow
Co-Investment Fund. Also includes 89,013 shares issuable upon exercise of
warrants to purchase Common Stock held by Mr. Bachow, 786,887 shares
issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Shares held by Bachow
Investment Partners, and 73,052 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants
to purchase Common Shares held by Bachow Co-Investment Fund. Also includes
options held by Mr. Bachow under the Director Plan to purchase 10,000
shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of July 8, 1997.
(3) Represents 9,000 shares held by V. Frank Mendicino Defined Benefit Pension
Plan, 243,212 shares held by Woodside Fund, 130,912 shares held by Woodside
Fund II, and 1,185,413 shares held by Woodside Fund III. Also represents
294,006 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of
Common Stock held by Woodside Fund, 149,509 shares issuable upon exercise
of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock held by Woodside Fund II,
and 293,198 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of
Common Stock held by Woodside Fund III. Mr. Mendicino is a General Partner
of Woodside Funds and has shared investment power and shared voting power
over
55
<PAGE> 58
such shares with the two other General Partners, Vincent M. Occhipinti and
Robert E. Larson. Also includes options held by Mr. Mendicino under the Director
Plan to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable.
(4) Represents 1,202,529 shares held by Pomona Capital II, L.P. and 465,565
shares held by Baupost Limited Partnership 1983 C-1, both limited
partnerships. Ms. Janis is Executive Vice President of Pomona Partners,
Inc., the General Partner of Pomona Capital, and Executive Vice President
of Pomona Management Co., Inc., attorney-in-fact of Baupost. Ms. Janis has
shared investment power and shared voting power over such shares with each
of (i) Michael D. Granoff, President of Pomona Partners, Inc., and Pomona
Management Co., Inc., and (ii) Stephen Futrell, Treasurer of Pomona
Partners, Inc., and Pomona Management Co., Inc. Also includes options held
by Ms. Janis under the Director Plan to purchase 10,000 Common Stock.
(5) Tregor Electronique S.A. is a company organized under the laws of France,
and a holding company of Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications, a company
organized under the laws of France.
(6) Represents 196,322 shares held by UVCC Fund II and 196,322 shares held by
UVCC II Parallel Fund, L.P. Also includes 90,824 shares issuable upon
exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock held by UVCC Fund
II, and 90,824 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares
of Common Stock held by UVCC Parallel Fund. Mr. Tarr is Managing Director
of Arete Ventures, the General Partner of the UVCC funds. Also includes
options held by Mr. Tarr under the Director Plan to purchase 10,000 shares
of Common Stock.
(7) The address for each of these shareholders is that of the Company.
(8) Represents options to purchase 229,404 Common Stock. Excludes options to
purchase 382,346 Common Shares exercisable more than 60 days after July 8,
1997.
(9) Includes options held by Mr. Shattuck under the Director Plan to purchase
8,263 shares of Common Stock.
(10) Represents options to purchase 63,533 shares of Common Stock. Excludes
options to purchase 72,862 shares of Common Stock exercisable more than 60
days after July 8, 1997.
(11) Represents options to purchase 48,183 shares of Common Stock. Excludes
options to purchase 64,432 shares of Common Stock exercisable more than 60
days after July 8, 1997.
(12) Represents options to purchase 31,514 shares of Common Stock. Excludes
options to purchase 93,633 shares of Common Stock exercisable more than 60
days after July 8, 1997.
(13) Represents options to purchase 19,290 shares of Common Stock. Excludes
options to purchase 80,828 shares of Common Stock exercisable more than 60
days after July 8, 1997.
(14) Includes options to purchase an aggregate of 440,187 shares of Common
Stock, and an aggregate of 1,867,322 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock.
56
<PAGE> 59
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Upon completion of the Offering, the authorized capital stock of the
Company will consist of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares
of Preferred Stock.
COMMON STOCK
As of July 8, 1997, 9,639,006 shares of Common Stock were outstanding and
were held of record by 84 shareholders. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to
one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders and do
not have the right to cumulate votes with respect to elections of directors.
Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting in any
election of directors will have the ability to elect all of the directors
standing for election. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting
of shareholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
Directors may be removed with or without cause by the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends as
may be declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds,
subject to any preferences that may be afforded to any outstanding preferred
stock. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining
after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding
preferred stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription,
redemption or conversion rights. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
are, and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon consummation of the
Offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The
Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for release and
indemnification of the Company's directors and officers as to certain
liabilities arising from their actions in such capacities to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors has the authority to issue 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the relative rights,
preferences and privileges thereof, including dividend rights, conversion
rights, voting rights, redemption terms, liquidation preferences and number of
shares constituting any series up to the maximum number of preferred stock. The
market price for the Common Stock, and the voting and other rights of the
holders thereof, may be adversely affected by the rights, preferences and
privileges accorded to any preferred stock issued by the Company. Issuances of
preferred stock in certain circumstances may also have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company, or discouraging bids
for the Company's Common Stock at a premium over the market price. Upon
consummation of the Offering, the Company will have no shares of preferred stock
outstanding. The Company has no present plans to issue any preferred stock.
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
As of July 8, 1997, warrants to purchase 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock
were outstanding. Of these, (i) warrants to purchase 481,977 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $.84 per share expire May 31, 1999, (ii) warrants
to purchase 1,204,050 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $.024 per
share expire February 13, 2000, (iii) warrants to purchase 680,917 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $.024 per share expire September 5, 2000,
(iv) warrants to purchase 193,611 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$2.5824 per share and warrants to purchase 367,082 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $.024 per share expire April 26, 2001 and (v) a warrant to
purchase 21,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.96 per share
expires April 30, 2002. All warrants are currently exercisable. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."
CERTAIN VOTING AND OTHER MATTERS
Under the Washington Business Corporation Act (the "Act"), shareholder
approval is required in order for the Company to participate in certain mergers
and share exchanges or to sell substantially all of its assets, and for certain
other actions. Within certain limits, the Act permits a corporation's articles
of incorporation to specify the level of shareholder approval required for such
transactions. The Company's Articles of Incorporation generally require any such
transaction to be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock.
57
<PAGE> 60
Under the Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, special meetings
of the shareholders may be called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman
of the Board, or the President, or the holders of at least 25% of all the votes
entitled to be cast on any issues proposed to be considered at such special
meeting. Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation must generally be approved
by the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock.
The Company's Bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to bring business
before, or to nominate directors at, any meeting of shareholders must provide
timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be
delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive office of the
Company not less than 70 days prior to the date of the meeting, or the tenth day
after notice of the meeting is first given to shareholders, whichever is later
if the meeting is an annual meeting or a special meeting at which directors are
to be elected. The Bylaws also contain specific requirements for the form of a
shareholder's notice. These provisions may preclude or may make it difficult for
some shareholders from bringing matters before the shareholders or from making
nominations for directors. The Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of
Directors or by the majority of the holders of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock.
Holders of shares of preferred or other capital stock hereafter issued by
the Company may also be entitled to vote in connection with the matters
described above, and separate approval may be required to the extent of any
class voting rights accorded to the holders of such other stock. It is possible
that the provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
described above may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a
takeover or change in control of the Company.
ANTITAKEOVER RESTRICTIONS
Washington law contains certain provisions that may have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover or change of control of the Company
which is not supported by the Board of Directors. Chapter 23B.19 of the
Washington Business Corporation Act prohibits the Company, with certain
exceptions, from engaging in certain significant business transactions with an
"acquiring person" (defined as a person who acquires 10% or more of the
Company's voting securities without the prior approval of the Company's Board of
Directors) for a period of five years after such acquisition. The prohibited
transactions include, among others, a merger with, disposition of assets to, or
issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person, or otherwise
allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a
shareholder. The Company may not exempt itself from coverage of this statute.
These statutory provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a takeover or change in control of the Company.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
58
<PAGE> 61
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon consummation of the Offering, 12,139,006 shares of Common Stock will
be outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants to
purchase Common Stock (12,514,006 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full), of which the 2,500,000 shares offered hereby
(2,875,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full) will be freely tradable on the public market without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act, except to the extent such shares
are held by an "affiliate" of the Company as such term is used under the
Securities Act. The remaining 9,639,006 shares were issued and sold by the
Company in private transactions, and public sale thereof is restricted except to
the extent they are registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance
with an exemption from such registration. Shareholders who will hold an
aggregate of 9,549,177 shares of Common Stock after this offering have the right
to require the Company to register their shares for sale under the Securities
Act. Sales of substantial numbers of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following this offering could materially adversely affect the market price for
the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
Of the remaining 9,639,006 outstanding shares, 444,629 shares will be
eligible for public sale immediately after this offering pursuant to Rule 144
and 9,175 shares will be eligible for public sale 90 days after the date of this
prospectus. Certain shareholders have executed Lock-Up Agreements restricting
resale of 9,168,728 shares of Common Stock owned by them for a period of 180
days after the effective date of the Offering without the prior written consent
of UBS Securities LLC, with some exceptions. See "Underwriting." Upon the
expiration of the Lock-Up Agreements, 7,719,666 of these shares will be eligible
for immediate sale to the public under Rule 144. As of July 21, 1997, options to
purchase 1,709,517 shares of Common Stock were outstanding. Of the 633,458
shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding vested stock options as of July 21,
1997, 456,188 will be subject to the Lock-Up Agreements. Upon expiration of the
Lock-Up Agreements, all such shares, plus any additional shares purchased
pursuant to options that have vested during the Lock-Up period, will be eligible
for immediate public sale. An additional 2,949,137 shares of Common Stock are
currently issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding at June 30, 1997. Of
these shares, 2,907,233 shares are subject to Lock-Up Agreements.
In general, Rule 144 as currently in effect provides that any person who
has beneficially owned shares for at least one year, including an "affiliate"
(as defined in Rule 144), is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the shares of Common
Stock then outstanding or the reported average weekly trading volume of the
Common Stock during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on
which notice of the sale is sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC"). Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of sale restrictions,
notice requirements and availability of current public information concerning
the Company. A person who is not an affiliate of the Company, and who has not
been an affiliate within three months prior to the sale, generally may sell
shares without regard to the limitations of Rule 144 provided that the person
has held such shares for a period of at least two years.
Any employee, director or officer of, or consultant to, the Company holding
shares purchased pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract (including
options) entered into prior to the Offering is entitled to rely on the resale
provisions of Rule 701, which permit nonaffiliates to sell such shares without
having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation
or notice requirements of Rule 144 and permit affiliates to sell their Rule 701
shares without having to comply with the holding period restrictions of Rule
144, in each case commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus.
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of Company and no prediction can be made of the effect, if any, that the sale or
availability for sale of shares of Common Stock will have on the market price of
the Common Stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of such shares in
the public market could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
OUTSTANDING REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Under a Registration Agreement dated as of May 26, 1994, as amended on
April 26, 1996, April 30, 1997, and June 13, 1997 (the "Registration Rights
Agreement"), the holders of an aggregate of 9,549,177 shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock at the closing of the
Offering ("Registrable Securities") have certain rights as to the registration
of their shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933. Holders of
Registrable Securities have the right at any time and from time to time after
the consummation of the Offering: (i) to
59
<PAGE> 62
demand registrations under the Securities Act of all or a part of the
Registrable Securities held by them on Form S-1 or any similar form; (ii) to an
unlimited number of demand registrations on Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or any
equivalent successor form) if the anticipated aggregate offering price of the
Registrable Securities covered by such form exceeds $1,000,000; (iii) in the
case of any demand registration, to select the investment bankers and managers
of the offering, subject to the Company's approval; and (iv) to have shares of
Common Stock constituting Registrable Securities held by them included in any
registration statement filed by the Company, subject to certain limitations, and
provided that such shares cannot be sold publicly without registration or
compliance with Rule 144 and to the pro rata exclusion of their shares from a
primary offering by the Company if the managing underwriters for the primary
offering advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of
securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number
which can be sold in such offering.
The Registration Rights Agreement requires the Company to pay all expenses
incident to its performance of or compliance with the Agreement other than
underwriting discounts and commissions allocable to the sale of a holder's
securities and the fees and expenses of the holder's own counsel, accountants
and other professional advisors.
Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities when they have
been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the
Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in
compliance with Rule 144. No holders of registration rights under the
Registration Rights Agreement have exercised their registration rights with
respect to the Offering.
60
<PAGE> 63
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom UBS Securities LLC,
Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C. are acting as
representatives (the "Representatives"), have agreed to purchase from the
Company the following respective number of shares of Common Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITER NUMBER OF SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
<S> <C>
UBS Securities, LLC..........................................
Hambrecht & Quist LLC........................................
Wessels, Arnold & Henderson, L.L.C...........................
-----------------
Total.............................................. 2,500,000
=============
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters' obligations are
subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material
adverse change in the Company's business and the receipt of certain
certificates, opinions and letters from the Company and its counsel. The nature
of the Underwriters' obligation is such that they are committed to purchase all
of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are purchased.
The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to the public at the offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such
price less a commission not exceeding $ per share. The Underwriters may
allow and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per
share to certain other dealers. After the public offering of the shares of
Common Stock the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
Underwriters.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable no later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 375,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at the
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. To the
extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will
have a firm commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage thereof
which the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the
above table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
The Company will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell such shares to
the Underwriters to the extent the option is exercised.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute
to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
All officers, directors and significant shareholders and substantially all
other shareholders of the Company, have agreed not to sell, offer to sell,
solicit an offer to buy, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase,
contract to require any other person to purchase, or otherwise transfer or
dispose of any interest in, any shares of capital stock of the Company, or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for capital stock of
the Company, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC, except for (i) securities
donated as charitable contributions which qualify as such under Section 170 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (ii) securities given by a
shareholder to members of such shareholder's "immediate family" (as such term is
defined under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended), or transferred by such shareholder to one or more trusts established
for the benefit of members of such shareholder's immediate family, and (iii)
securities disposed of by the laws of testamentary or intestate descent or
pursuant to a final and non-appealable order of a court or other body of
competent jurisdiction; provided that, the shareholder may exercise presently
outstanding options, warrants or rights so long as he does not transfer the
shares obtained in violation of the Lock-Up Agreement. The Company has agreed
that it will not, until 180 days following the date of this Prospectus, without
the prior written consent of the UBS Securities LLC, sell, offer or agree to
sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, except that the Company
61
<PAGE> 64
may grant additional options and issue stock under the 1990 Stock Option Plan
and the Director Plan or issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of
outstanding stock options and warrants.
The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to make sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The initial price to public will be determined by agreement between the
Company and the Representatives. In determining the initial price to public, the
Company and the Representatives will consider, among other things, the history
of and prospects for the industry in which the Company operates, past and
present operations and earnings of the Company and the trend of such earnings,
the qualifications of the Company's management, the general condition of the
securities markets at the time of the Offering and the market prices for other
publicly traded companies.
The Representatives have advised the Company that, pursuant to Regulation M
under the Securities Act, certain persons participating in the Offering may
engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the effect of
stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock at a level above
that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A "stabilizing bid" is a
bid or the purchase of the Common Stock on behalf of the Underwriters for the
purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock. A "syndicate
covering transaction" is the bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on
behalf of the Underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the
Underwriters in connection with the Offering. A "penalty bid" is an arrangement
permitting the Representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise
accruing to an Underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the Offering
if the Common Stock originally sold by such underwriter or syndicate member is
purchased by the Representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and has
therefore not been effectively placed by such Underwriter or syndicate member.
The Representatives have advised the Company that such transactions may be
effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Common Stock being offered hereby will be passed upon
for the Company by Graham & James LLP, Seattle, Washington. Certain legal
matters in connection with the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1996 and
the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows
for each of the years in the two-year period ended March 31, 1996 and the nine
month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 included in this Prospectus and in
the Registration Statement have been included herein in reliance on the reports
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors, given on the authority of that
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
62
<PAGE> 65
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company intends to furnish to its shareholders of record annual reports
containing financial statements audited and reported upon by independent public
accountants and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for
each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") a Registration Statement (the "Registration Statement") on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act, with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, omits certain
of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto on file with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. Statements contained in this
Prospectus concerning the provisions or contents of any contract or other
document referred to in this Prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in
each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being
qualified in all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement,
including exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected and copied at the
Public Reference Section maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room
1024, Washington, D.C. 20549-1004, and at the SEC's regional offices at 7 World
Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and Citicorp Center, 500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such
materials may also be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. The SEC maintains
a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains registration statements, and
other information regarding registrants, like the Company, that file
electronically with the SEC. The quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market has been approved, subject to official notice of issuance.
Reports and other information concerning the Company will be available for
inspection following the Offering at the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. located at 9513 Key West Avenue, Rockville, Maryland 20850.
63
<PAGE> 66
INNOVA CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................ F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996, December 31, 1996, and June 30,
1997............................................................................. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,
the
Nine Month Fiscal Period Ended December 31, 1996, and the Six Months Ended June
30, 1996 and 1997................................................................ F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the Years Ended March 31, 1995
and 1996, the Nine Month Fiscal Period Ended December 31, 1996 and the Six Months
Ended June 30, 1997.............................................................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,
the
Nine Month Fiscal Period Ended December 31, 1996, and the Six Months Ended June
30, 1996 and 1997................................................................ F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................... F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 67
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Innova Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Innova
Corporation and subsidiary as of March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1996, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' deficit, and cash
flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended March 31, 1996 and for
the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Innova
Corporation and subsidiary as of March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1996, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
two-year period ended March 31, 1996 and for the nine month fiscal period ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Seattle, Washington
April 30, 1997, except as to note 17,
which is as of June 17, 1997
F-2
<PAGE> 68
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
JUNE 30, STOCKHOLDERS'
1997 EQUITY AT
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, ------------ JUNE 30, 1997
1996 1996 -------------
------------ ------------ (unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents........................................ $ 287,193 $ 172,764 $ 3,833,945
Accounts receivable.............................................. 78,027 1,740,383 5,117,207
Inventories...................................................... 608,165 2,533,970 5,934,429
Stock subscriptions receivable................................... 3,281,871 -- --
Other current assets............................................. 56,755 73,157 186,542
------------ ------------ ------------
Total current assets....................................... 4,312,011 4,520,274 15,072,123
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net.......................... 2,323,188 2,647,361 4,964,287
Other assets....................................................... 112,204 137,230 171,738
------------ ------------ ------------
$ 6,747,403 $ 7,304,865 $ 20,208,148
============ ============ ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Notes payable.................................................... $ -- $ 506,180 $ 5,618,236
Current installments of obligations under capital leases......... 487,180 503,827 1,561,532
Notes payable to stockholders.................................... 69,869 1,500,000 --
Accounts payable................................................. 1,258,741 1,944,073 3,006,882
Accrued liabilities.............................................. 340,129 355,282 514,486
------------ ------------ ------------
Total current liabilities.................................. 2,155,919 4,809,362 10,701,136
------------ ------------ ------------
Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments... 330,338 542,259 1,035,274
Mandatorily convertible notes payable for preferred stock, subject
to stock subscriptions receivable................................ 6,984,090 -- --
Redeemable preferred stock, no par value. Authorized 13,379,164
shares -- issued and outstanding 3,496,939 shares at March 31,
1996, 7,216,751 shares at December 31, 1996 and 8,682,287 shares
at June 30, 1997 (none pro forma) (liquidation preference of
$28,007,312 at March 31, 1996, $40,022,239 at December 31, 1996
and $48,521,911 at June 30, 1997 and redemption value of
$24,459,274 at March 31, 1996, $36,474,201 at December 31, 1996
and $44,973,873 at June 30, 1997)................................ 27,361,894 39,312,836 47,768,859 --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Common stock, no par value. Authorized 16,666,666 shares; issued
and outstanding 882,842 shares at March 31, 1996, 941,334
shares at December 31, 1996 and 956,719 shares at June 30, 1997
(9,639,006 pro forma).......................................... 1,329,869 1,376,715 1,398,231 49,167,090
Additional paid-in capital....................................... 1,604,997 1,604,997 3,261,674 3,261,674
Deferred stock option compensation expense....................... -- -- (623,744) (623,744)
Cumulative translation adjustment................................ 26,363 33,599 54,168 54,168
Accumulated deficit.............................................. (33,046,067) (40,374,903) (43,387,450) (43,387,450)
------------ ------------ ------------
Total stockholders' deficit................................ (30,084,838) (37,359,592) (39,297,121) 8,471,738
------------ ------------ ------------
Commitments, contingency and subsequent events
$ 6,747,403 $ 7,304,865 $ 20,208,148
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE> 69
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTH
FISCAL
YEARS PERIOD SIX MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------ DECEMBER 31, -------------------------
1995 1996 1996 1996 1997
----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net product sales.................. $ 1,151,605 $ 445,229 $ 2,050,245 $ 32,982 $ 12,582,457
Manufacturing contract service
revenues......................... 1,206,894 1,516,870 53,257 166,546 --
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total revenues........... 2,358,499 1,962,099 2,103,502 199,528 12,582,457
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Cost of products sold.............. 3,703,624 2,425,473 3,685,395 1,885,000 9,569,967
Manufacturing contract service
expenses......................... 811,621 1,516,870 53,257 166,546 --
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total cost of products
sold and manufacturing
contract service
expenses............... 4,515,245 3,942,343 3,738,652 2,051,546 9,569,967
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit (loss)...... (2,156,746) (1,980,244) (1,635,150) (1,852,018) 3,012,490
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and
administrative.............. 2,067,077 2,316,302 2,584,423 1,533,004 3,471,444
Research and development...... 1,891,918 4,519,095 2,965,933 2,373,515 2,216,331
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating
expenses............... 3,958,995 6,835,397 5,550,356 3,906,519 5,687,775
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss from operations..... (6,115,741) (8,815,641) (7,185,506) (5,758,537) (2,675,285)
Other income (expense):
Interest income............... 17,380 37,962 102,422 52,561 471
Interest expense.............. (211,048) (287,253) (249,294) (183,536) (337,733)
Other income (expense)........ (8,970) 3,754 3,542 7 --
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(202,638) (245,537) (143,330) (130,968) (337,262)
----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net loss................. $(6,318,379) $(9,061,178) $ (7,328,836) $(5,889,505) $ (3,012,547)
=========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Pro forma net loss per share....... $ (0.73) $ (0.30)
========== ==========
Shares used in computing pro forma
net loss per share............... 10,039,634 10,061,989
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 70
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFERRED
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL STOCK OPTION CUMULATIVE
PRICE PER ------------------------- PAID-IN COMPENSATION TRANSLATION
DESCRIPTION SHARE SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EXPENSE ADJUSTMENT
- ----------------------------------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1994......... $ - 25,578 $1,290,062 $1,604,997 $ -- $ 18,119
Sale of common stock for cash...... 0.024 498,232 11,958 -- -- --
Net loss........................... - -- -- -- -- --
Translation adjustment............. - -- -- -- -- 7,417
-------- ---------
-- ---
------ -------- --------- ---------- ------
----
Balances at March 31, 1995......... - 523,810 1,302,020 1,604,997 -- 25,536
Sale of common stock for cash...... 0.024 340,467 8,171 -- -- --
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options................. 0.792- 2.880 18,565 19,678 -- -- --
Net loss........................... - -- -- -- -- --
Translation adjustment............. - -- -- -- -- 827
-------- ---------
-- ---
------ -------- --------- ---------- ------
----
Balances at March 31, 1996......... - 882,842 1,329,869 1,604,997 -- 26,363
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options................. 0.792- 2.880 10,684 11,900 -- -- --
Stock issued to vendors for
services......................... 0.731 47,808 34,946 -- -- --
Net loss........................... - -- -- -- -- --
Translation adjustment............. - -- -- -- -- 7,236
-------- ---------
-- ---
------ -------- --------- ---------- ------
----
Balances at December 31, 1996...... - 941,334 1,376,715 1,604,997 -- 33,599
Deferred compensation expense
related to common stock options
(unaudited)...................... - -- -- 1,589,277 (1,589,277) --
Amortization of deferred stock
option compensation
(unaudited)...................... - -- -- -- 965,533 --
Estimated fair value of warrant
issued in connection with note
payable (unaudited).............. - -- -- 67,400 -- --
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options (unaudited)..... 0.792 -2.880 15,385 21,516 -- -- --
Net loss for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 (unaudited)........ - -- -- -- -- --
Translation adjustment
(unaudited)...................... - -- -- -- -- 20,569
-------- ---------
-- ---
------ -------- --------- ---------- ------
----
Balances at June 30, 1997
(unaudited)...................... $ - 956,719 $1,398,231 $3,261,674 $ (623,744) $ 54,168
========== ========== ======== ========= ========== ====== ============
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
DESCRIPTION DEFICIT DEFICIT
- ----------------------------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C<C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1994......... $(17,666,510) $ (14,753,332)
Sale of common stock for cash...... -- 11,958
Net loss........................... (6,318,379) (6,318,379)
Translation adjustment............. -- 7,417
------------
Balances at March 31, 1995......... (23,984,889) (21,052,336)
Sale of common stock for cash...... -- 8,171
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options................. -- 19,678
Net loss........................... (9,061,178) (9,061,178)
Translation adjustment............. -- 827
------------
Balances at March 31, 1996......... (33,046,067) (30,084,838)
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options................. -- 11,900
Stock issued to vendors for
services......................... -- 34,946
Net loss........................... (7,328,836) (7,328,836)
Translation adjustment............. -- 7,236
------------
Balances at December 31, 1996...... (40,374,903) (37,359,592)
Deferred compensation expense
related to common stock options
(unaudited)...................... -- --
Amortization of deferred stock
option compensation
(unaudited)...................... -- 965,533
Estimated fair value of warrant
issued in connection with note
payable (unaudited).............. -- 67,400
Common stock issued upon exercise
of stock options (unaudited)..... -- 21,516
Net loss for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 (unaudited)........ (3,012,547) (3,012,547)
Translation adjustment
(unaudited)...................... -- 20,569
------------
Balances at June 30, 1997
(unaudited)...................... $(43,387,450) $ (39,297,121)
============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 71
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTH
YEARS FISCAL PERIOD SIX MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31, ENDED ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------------
1995 1996 1996 1996 1997
----------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss............................................ $(6,318,379) $(9,061,178) $(7,328,836) $(5,889,505) $(3,012,547)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 771,390 759,273 633,616 275,260 493,482
Stock issued to vendors for services.............. -- -- 48,677 48,677 --
Compensation expense recorded on stock options to
employees....................................... -- -- -- -- 965,533
Amortization of note payable discount............. -- -- -- -- 16,850
Change in certain assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable...... (12,068) 159,999 (1,662,356) (17,407) (3,376,824)
Decrease (increase) in inventories.............. 606,533 (22,048) (1,925,805) (267,967) (3,400,459)
(Increase) decrease in other current assets..... (39,891) 3,173 (16,402) 3,430 (113,385)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities.......................... (1,393,515) 797,900 700,485 (96,903) 1,222,013
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in operating activities........ (6,385,930) (7,362,881) (9,550,621) (5,944,415) (7,205,337)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements.... (1,147,417) (549,426) (324,944) (204,536) (843,065)
Increase in other assets............................ (16,043) (42,694) (25,026) (14,809) (34,508)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing activities........ (1,163,460) (592,120) (349,970) (219,345) (877,573)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayments of obligations under capital leases...... -- (560,602) (404,277) (162,715) (416,623)
Net proceeds from notes payable..................... -- -- 506,180 -- 5,162,606
Net proceeds from notes payable to vendor........... -- 1,000,000 -- -- --
Net repayment of notes payable to vendor............ (205,900) (1,000,000) -- (994,937) --
Proceeds from (repayments of) notes payable to
stockholders...................................... -- 69,869 (69,869) -- --
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
payable........................................... 246,934 3,702,219 4,781,871 6,984,090 --
Proceeds from sale of redeemable preferred stock.... 8,884,234 3,079,829 4,953,121 4,953,121 6,956,023
Proceeds from sale of common stock.................. 11,958 8,171 -- -- --
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options...... -- 19,678 11,900 28,213 21,516
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.... 8,937,226 6,319,164 9,778,926 10,807,772 11,723,522
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Effect of translation and exchange rate changes on
cash flows.......................................... 7,417 827 7,236 8,326 20,569
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents................................ 1,395,253 (1,635,010) (114,429) 4,652,338 3,661,181
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...... 526,950 1,922,203 287,193 127,659 172,764
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period............ $ 1,922,203 $ 287,193 $ 172,764 $ 4,779,997 $ 3,833,945
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
information -- cash paid during the period for
interest............................................ $ 191,594 $ 17,273 $ 364,227 $ 27,124 $ 311,641
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities:
Notes payable to stockholders converted into
redeemable preferred stock........................ $ 2,200,000 $ -- $ 6,984,090 $ 6,984,090 $ 1,500,000
Notes payable to stockholders converted into
mandatorily convertible notes payable............. -- 1,000,000 -- -- --
Estimated fair value of warrant in connection with
note payable...................................... -- -- -- -- 67,400
Capital lease obligations incurred to acquire
equipment......................................... 847,604 530,516 632,845 132,629 1,967,343
Stock subscriptions receivable...................... 214,506 3,281,871 -- -- --
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 72
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(A) NATURE OF BUSINESS
Innova Corporation (Company) was formed to develop, manufacture and market
communication systems utilizing conical horn technology. In November 1993, the
Company shipped the first production units of the point-to-point radios. In
November 1994, the Company discontinued manufacture for its own account of the
original radio line; however, production of this product was continued under a
"Processor For Hire Agreement" for the account of one of Innova's stockholders
[see note 7(a), Related Party Transactions] until approximately March 31, 1996.
Also in 1994, a program to redesign the original radios was launched. The
redesign program was undertaken due to changing market demands. For the period
from January 17, 1989 (inception) through March 31, 1996, the Company was
considered to be in the development stage as the Company had not generated
significant revenues from its research and development efforts and "Processor
For Hire Agreement" and operations had been financed primarily through the
issuance of equity securities. Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company
effected a change in its year-end to December 31. During the nine month fiscal
period ended December 31, 1996, the Company began manufacturing and selling
redesigned radios and emerged from the development stage.
(B) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Innova Europe Limited.
Innova Europe Limited was formed to sell products developed and
manufactured by the Company to customers in Europe. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(C) CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all short-term investments with a maturity of three
months or less at date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
(D) INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market
(net realizable value).
(E) DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Depreciation of equipment and amortization of leasehold improvements is
provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets which range from two to five years, not to exceed lease terms for
leasehold improvements.
(F) PATENTS
The Company has filed several patent applications in the United States and
other countries. Costs associated with filing patent applications are expensed
as incurred.
(G) RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed, requires
capitalization of certain software development costs subsequent to the
establishment of technological feasibility.
F-7
<PAGE> 73
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
Based on the Company's product development process, software development
costs incurred by the Company between the establishment of technological
feasibility and the point at which the product is ready for general release have
not been significant.
(H) REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenue on product sales upon shipment. The Company
provides certain service and support for its products and accrues for the
estimated amount of these costs at the time of sale. These costs have not been
significant through December 31, 1996. Under the Processor For Hire
Agreement -- (PFHA) as discussed in note 7(a), manufacturing contract service
revenues were recognized as the services were performed.
(I) INCOME TAXES
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax
laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected
to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established for deferred tax
assets to the extent there is uncertainty regarding the Company's ability to
generate taxable income in the future and when it is more likely than not that
such deferred tax assets will not be realized. Income tax expense is the tax
payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period
in net deferred tax assets and liabilities.
(J) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Assets and liabilities of Innova Europe Limited have been translated to
U.S. dollars using rates of exchange in effect at the end of the fiscal year.
Income and expense accounts have been translated to U.S. dollars using annual
average rates of exchange. The net gain or loss resulting from translation is
shown as a cumulative translation adjustment in stockholders' equity.
(K) RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain reclassification amounts have been made to the March 31, 1995 and
1996 balances to conform to the December 31, 1996 presentation.
(L) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION
The Company currently purchases an important component of its products from
two principal suppliers. Although there are a limited number of potential
manufacturers of such component, management believes that other suppliers could
provide similar components on comparable terms. A change in suppliers, however,
could cause a delay in manufacturing and a possible loss of sales, which could
have a material adverse effect on the manufacturing and delivery of the
Company's products. Purchases from these principal suppliers were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEARS ENDED MARCH ENDED JUNE
31, NINE MONTH FISCAL 30, 1997
------------------- PERIOD ENDED -------------
1995 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996
------- ------- ----------------- (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Supplier A.............. $ -- $64,000 $ 945,000 $ 1,750,000
Supplier B.............. -- -- 131,000 854,000
</TABLE>
Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of their financial
condition and collateral is generally not required. The Company's customers
consist principally of telecommunications service providers and system integra-
F-8
<PAGE> 74
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
tors. The Company will maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reduce the
effects of credit losses. As of December 31, 1996, actual credit losses have not
been significant and, therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been
recorded.
The Company actively markets its products in numerous geographical
locations, including North America, Europe, Asia, and South America. The
following customers individually account for more than 10% of accounts
receivable as shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30,
1997
DECEMBER 31, -------------
CUSTOMER 1996
-------- ----------------- (UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
A 60 % 31 %
B 15 16
C -- 35
</TABLE>
Also see related discussion for SAT in footnote 7(b)
(M) IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF
The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, on April 1, 1996. This Statement requires
that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets
held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to
future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the
assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying
amount or fair value less costs to sell. Adoption of this Statement did not have
a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
(N) PRODUCT WARRANTIES
The Company provides warranties which generally last for two years, on the
products that it sells. The provision for warranty expense is based on
historical industry and Company experience and is accrued when products are
sold.
(O) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation arrangement in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No.
25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. As
such, compensation expense under fixed plans would be recorded on the date of
grant only if the fair value of the underlying stock at the date of grant
exceeded the exercise price. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS)
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, requires entities that
continue to apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 for transactions with
employees to provide pro forma net income and pro forma earnings per share
disclosures for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and future years as if
the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied to these
transactions.
(P) UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In the opinion of the Company's management, the June 30, 1997 and 1996
unaudited interim financial statements include all adjustments consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation.
F-9
<PAGE> 75
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(Q) PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE
Pro forma net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
outstanding during each period and the shares resulting from the conversion of
all outstanding shares of preferred stock at the closing of the IPO. Common
stock equivalents include all warrants and stock options which would have a
dilutive effect, applying the treasury stock method. Additionally, common and
common equivalent shares issued during the twelve months immediately preceding
the initial filing of the Company's initial public offering have been included
in the calculation of common and common equivalent shares as if they were
outstanding for all periods presented, including loss years where the impact of
the incremental shares is antidilutive, using the treasury stock method and an
assumed initial public offering price of $11 per share. Due to the significant
impact of the assumed conversion of the redeemable preferred stock upon closing
of the IPO, historical net loss per share is not meaningful and is therefore not
presented.
Supplementary net loss per share is $(0.72) and $(0.27) for the nine month
fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997,
respectively.
The calculation of supplementary net loss per share assumes that notes
payable outstanding at the beginning of the periods presented were retired with
proceeds from the issuance of common stock. The number of shares of common stock
the proceeds of which were used to retire the notes payable are included in the
calculation.
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share, (Statement 128).
This statement establishes standards for the computation, presentation and
disclosure of earnings per share (EPS), replacing the presentation of currently
required Primary EPS with a presentation of Basic EPS. It also requires dual
presentation of Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the income statement
for entities with complex capital structures. Basic EPS is based on the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted
EPS is based on the potential dilution that would occur, upon exercise or
conversion of securities into common stock using the treasury stock method.
Statement 128 is effective for financial statements for periods ending after
December 15, 1997, including interim periods, and earlier application is not
permitted. When adopted, the Company will be required to restate its EPS data
for all prior periods presented. The Company does not expect the impact of the
adoption of this statement to be material to previously reported EPS amounts.
(2) USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-10
<PAGE> 76
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(3) INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1996 1997
--------- ------------ ----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Raw materials......................... $ 608,165 $1,874,765 $4,600,819
Work-in-progress...................... -- 503,984 1,333,610
Finished goods........................ -- 155,221 --
---------- ---------- ----------
$ 608,165 $2,533,970 $5,934,429
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
(4) EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1996 1997
---------- ------------ ----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Equipment and molds................. $4,221,195 $5,152,170 $7,943,163
Leasehold improvements.............. 114,026 140,840 160,255
---------- ---------- ----------
4,335,221 5,293,010 8,103,418
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization...................... 2,012,033 2,645,649 3,139,131
---------- ---------- ----------
$2,323,188 $2,647,361 $4,964,287
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
Included in equipment and leasehold improvements are the gross amount of
equipment and related accumulated amortization recorded under capital leases as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1996 1997
---------- ------------ ----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Equipment............................. $2,054,332 $2,632,721 $4,600,054
Less accumulated amortization....... 829,852 1,181,895 1,446,938
---------- ---------- ----------
$1,224,480 $1,450,826 $3,153,116
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included with
depreciation expense.
(5) NOTES PAYABLE
In October 1996, the Company entered into a $5 million revolving credit
agreement which bears interest at the LIBOR rate plus 4.875% with a minimum of
8% per annum (10.545% at December 31, 1996 and 10.595% at June 30, 1997).
Amounts outstanding were $0, $506,180, and $4,118,236 at March 31, 1996,
December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively. Under the terms of the
agreement, advances under the credit facility are limited to 80% of billed trade
receivables outstanding. The agreement is subject to automatic renewals for
successive one-year
F-11
<PAGE> 77
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
terms. In April 1997, the Company amended the credit agreement to include an
additional term loan for $1,500,000 due on the earlier of:
(a) April 30, 1998;
(b) the date the initial October 1996 revolving credit agreement
terminates; or
(c) the date the Company first issues equity, debt or other
securities, other than the Series F financing discussed in note 17,
subsequent to April 1997.
Interest is payable monthly with interest at the LIBOR rate plus 4.875%
with a minimum of 8% per annum. In connection with the term loan, the Company
issued to the lender a warrant to purchase 21,500 shares of the Company's common
stock, at $6.96 per share. The warrant expires in April 2003. The estimated
value of the warrant $67,400, was recorded as debt discount and is being
amortized to interest expense over the period that the debt is outstanding.
(6) ACCRUED LIABILITIES
A summary of accrued liabilities is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1996 1997
--------- ------------ -----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Accrued compensation expense............. $ 171,954 $288,965 $ 361,375
Provision for warranty................... -- 20,479 78,029
Other accruals........................... 168,175 45,838 75,082
-------- -------- --------
$ 340,129 $355,282 $ 514,486
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(7) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
(A) SALES, MANUFACTURING AND SERVICE REVENUES
Sales totaling approximately $212,000 were made to the Company's major
stockholder during the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996.
Substantially all of the total revenues recorded in the year ended March
31, 1996 were to a stockholder of the Company, Societe Anonyme de
Telecommunications (SAT). In November 1994, the Company entered into an
agreement [Processor For Hire Agreement -- (PFHA)] with SAT whereby SAT
purchased substantially all of the Company's inventories as of November 1994 for
cash. The PFHA called for the Company to continue to manufacture radios for SAT;
however, SAT was responsible for supplying the materials used in the manufacture
of these radios. Under the PFHA, SAT reimbursed the Company for the costs
incurred by the Company in the assembly and testing of the radios. In addition,
SAT paid to the Company a fee to cover administrative costs plus a profit. This
fee was based on the volume of materials purchased for SAT for the production of
the radios. The Company managed all of the manufacturing and purchasing
functions associated with the manufacture of radios and the purchase of radio
components. The PFHA was substantially terminated as of March 31, 1996.
The reimbursement of the costs of manufacture along with the administration
fee during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 and the nine month
fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 have been recorded as manufacturing
contract service revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. The
identifiable costs associated with the manufacture of the radios covered by the
PFHA have been summarized in the consolidated statements of operations as
manufacturing contract service expenses.
F-12
<PAGE> 78
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
Product sales made to SAT for the nine month fiscal period ended December
31, 1996 were approximately $3,000 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997
were approximately $3,532,000.
(B) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable due from SAT were $76,523, $58,283 and $2,641,717 at
March 31, 1996, December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively.
(C) MANDATORILY CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE FOR PREFERRED STOCK, STOCK
SUBSCRIPTIONS RECEIVABLE AND RELATED EQUITY TRANSACTIONS
On March 27, 1996, the Company entered into stock subscription agreements
with certain existing stockholders for the purpose of selling Series D preferred
stock for an aggregate price of $7,000,000. The $7,000,000 includes $1,000,000
in unsecured notes payable to stockholders issued in November and December 1995
as discussed in the following paragraph. As of March 31, 1996, proceeds of
$3,702,219 net of offering costs of $15,910, had been received by the Company
related to the stock subscription agreements. The remaining $3,281,871 was
received during the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996.
Mandatorily convertible notes payable were issued as the cash was received by
the Company. Mandatorily convertible notes payable accrued interest at 16%
annually and were convertible into Series D preferred shares at the earlier of a
"qualified financing" event or April 26, 1996. A "qualified financing" event, as
defined in the stock subscription agreements, was consummated on April 26, 1996
when the Company issued 1,548,940 shares of Series D preferred stock, at $3.228
per share to a new stockholder for proceeds of $4,953,121. The mandatorily
convertible notes payable outstanding at April 26, 1996 were then converted into
2,168,523 shares of Series D preferred stock at $3.228 per share, and contingent
common stock purchase warrants (contingent upon the pricing of the "qualified
financing" event) totaling 367,082 with an exercise price of $0.024 per share,
were issued to the former holders of the mandatorily convertible notes payable.
No separate value has been assigned to the warrants as the value was not
significant at the date of issuance.
Unsecured notes payable to stockholders were issued in November and
December 1995 totaling $1,000,000, bearing interest at rates ranging from
16%-21%. In connection with these notes, 193,611 warrants were issued to
purchase common stock for $2.5824 per share which expire April 26, 2001. No
separate value has been assigned to the warrants as the value was not
significant at the date of issuance. On March 27, 1996, these unsecured notes
payable were exchanged for mandatorily convertible notes payable as part of the
stock subscription agreements described above.
Interest expense on unsecured borrowings from stockholders amounted to
$79,357, $107,648, $70,101 and $62,934 for the years ended March 31, 1995 and
1996, the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 and the six months
ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
In November 1996, the Company issued $1,500,000 in unsecured 12%
convertible promissory notes payable to stockholders, which were subsequently
repaid by notes which in turn were converted into Series E preferred stock in
March 1997.
(D) COMPENSATION EXPENSE
In May 1996, the Company paid a representative of a stockholder $217,500
for services rendered from January 1995 to February 1996, who served as the
acting Chief Operating Officer of the Company.
F-13
<PAGE> 79
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(8) COMMON AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
The Company has authorized issuance of common and redeemable preferred
stock as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING LIQUIDATION
SHARES --------------------------------- PREFERENCE
TYPE SERIES AUTHORIZED 3/31/96 12/31/96 6/30/97 PER SHARE
- ------------------------------------ ------- ---------- ------- --------- ----------- -----------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common.............................. 16,666,666 882,841 941,333 956,719 None
A Preferred......................... A.1 833,333 667,120 667,120 667,120 $ 13.2360
A Preferred......................... A.2 833,333 -- -- -- 0.8400
A Preferred......................... A.3 2,500,000 907,023 907,023 907,023 7.9176
B Preferred......................... B 2,083,333 804,553 804,553 804,553 6.0600
C Senior Preferred.................. C 833,333 664,298 664,298 664,298 6.3672
C Senior Preferred.................. C1 625,000 453,946 456,294 456,294 6.3672
D Preferred......................... D 4,166,666 -- 3,717,463 3,717,463 3.2280
E Preferred......................... E 1,000,000 -- -- 962,669 5.1936
F Preferred......................... F 504,166 -- -- 502,867 6.9600
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE> 80
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
The following table summarizes activity of the Company's preferred stock
for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, the nine month fiscal period ended
December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREFERRED STOCK
PRICE --------------------------
DESCRIPTION PER SHARE SHARES AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------ --------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1994............................ $ -- 958,075 $13,197,831
Issuance of Series A.1 preferred stock pursuant to
antidilution agreements............................. -- 324,143 --
Issuance of Series A.3 preferred stock pursuant to
antidilution agreements............................. -- 14,045 --
Conversion of notes payable to Series A.3 preferred
stock............................................... 7.916808 214,724 1,700,000
Sale of B preferred stock for cash, net of issuance
costs of $120,430................................... 6.084984 364,855 2,099,707
Sale of B preferred stock for cash.................... 6.367992 439,698 2,800,000
Conversion of notes payable to Series A.3 preferred
stock............................................... 7.916808 63,156 500,000
Sale of Series C senior preferred stock for cash, net
of issuance costs of $30,759........................ 6.3672 664,298 4,199,033
--------- ---------- -----------
Balances at March 31, 1995............................ -- 3,042,994 24,496,571
Sale of Series C1 senior preferred stock, net of
issuance
costs of $21,633.................................... 6.3672 422,625 2,669,359
Sale of Series C1 senior preferred stock, net of
issuance
costs of $3,472..................................... 6.3672 31,320 195,964
--------- ---------- -----------
Balances at March 31, 1996............................ -- 3,496,939 27,361,894
Sale of Series D preferred stock for cash, net of
issuance
costs of $46,879.................................... 3.228 1,548,940 4,953,121
Conversion of convertible notes for Series D preferred
stock............................................... 3.228 2,168,523 6,984,090
Series C1 preferred stock issued to vendors for
services............................................ -- 2,349 13,731
--------- ---------- -----------
Balances at December 31, 1996......................... -- 7,216,751 39,312,836
Conversion of notes payable to Series E preferred
stock
(unaudited)......................................... 5.19384 288,799 1,500,000
Sale of Series E preferred stock for cash, net of
issuance
costs of $13,530 (unaudited)........................ 5.19384 673,870 3,486,465
Sale of Series F preferred stock for cash, net of
issuance
costs of $30.425 (unaudited)........................ 6.96000 502,867 3,469,558
--------- ---------- -----------
Balances at June 30, 1997 (unaudited)................. $ -- 8,682,287 $47,768,859
========= ========== ===========
</TABLE>
The shares of preferred stock are convertible into an equal number of
common shares at any time, are automatically convertible upon the consummation
of an initial public offering (IPO), have certain liquidation and dividend
preferences over common shares, and also have certain antidilution rights. The
preferred shares are redeemable, at the holder's option (subject to approval by
50% of all preferred shares then outstanding), at any time after October 1,
1997. The redemption value is $7.9176 per share for the A preferred shares. The
redemption value is equal to the liquidation preference for all other preferred
shares (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations,
recapitalizations, reclassification and similar corporate rearrangements) plus
the amount of all declared and unpaid dividends thereon. All C Senior Preferred
and D Preferred shares have preference to other preferred shares with regard to
liquidation. Holders of all preferred shares have the right as a group to elect
three members of the Company's Board of Directors. The remaining directors are
elected by the holders of all outstanding preferred and common shares. The
voting rights are the same for all preferred and common shares. Pursuant to the
rules of the
F-15
<PAGE> 81
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company has classified redeemable
preferred stock outside stockholders' equity (deficit).
In March 1997, the Company revised its Articles of Incorporation,
increasing the authorized number of preferred shares to 12,874,998 of which
1,000,000 shares are designated as Series E Preferred stock which have identical
preferences as the Series C Senior Preferred and D Preferred, except that the
liquidation preference is $5.1936 per share.
In conjunction with various financing rounds, warrants have been issued. No
separate value has been assigned to the warrants as the values were not
significant at the date of issuance, other than the 21,500 warrants with an
exercise price of $6.96 per share issued in connection with the debt financing
in April 1997. Outstanding warrants at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1996 are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WARRANTS OUTSTANDING
-------------------------------------
6/30/97 EXERCISE PRICE
ISSUED IN CONJUNCTION WITH: 3/31/96 12/31/96 ----------- OF WARRANT EXPIRE
- ------------------------------ ----------- ----------- (UNAUDITED) -------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Series A.2 preferred stock.... 481,977 481,977 481,977 $ 0.8400 May 31, 1999
Series C and D preferred
stock....................... 2,252,049 2,252,049 2,252,049 0.0240 February 13, 2000
through
April 26, 2001
Series D preferred stock...... 193,611 193,611 193,611 2.5824 April 26, 2001
Term loan..................... 21,500 6.9600 April 30, 2002
----------- -----------
Total.................. 2,927,637 2,927,637 2,949,137
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
As of June 30, 1997, there are 2,949,137 warrants exercisable to purchase
common stock.
(9) STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Company has a stock option plan (Plan) to compensate key employees,
consultants and vendors for past and future services and has authorized a total
of 1,458,333 shares of common stock to be reserved for grants. In the first
quarter of 1997, a plan amendment was approved increasing shares available for
grant by 125,000 bringing the total authorized to 1,583,333. Options may be
granted under the Plan as either incentive stock options or as nonqualified
stock options.
Incentive stock options may be granted at prices not less than fair market
value of the stock, generally are exercisable based on continued employment over
a five-year period in equal increments each year beginning one year from the
date of grant, and expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company has
granted no incentive stock options to date.
Nonqualified options may be granted at prices determined by the Company and
generally expire twenty years from the date of grant. The options vest and
become exercisable over one to four years in cumulative increments beginning one
year from the date of grant. A distinction is made between nonqualified time
vesting and nonqualified time and performance vesting options. Nonqualified time
and performance vesting options require the attainment of certain performance
goals in addition to the passage of time prior to vesting.
In accounting for the options requiring the attainment of certain
performance goals, the Company must include a determination of compensation cost
at the end of each period if the market value of the shares of the Company's
stock exceeds the exercise price. Any compensation cost shall be charged to
expense over the periods the employee performs the related service. During the
first quarter in 1997, the Company amended the terms of 460,633 stock options by
eliminating the performance criteria. The table below reflects these performance
options as being amended to time
F-16
<PAGE> 82
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
vesting. The Company has recorded deferred stock option compensation totaling
$1,279,900 and $309,377 during the first and second quarters in 1997,
respectively. The first quarter of 1997 deferred stock option compensation
relates principally to the 460,633 options with performance goals outstanding
prior to the elimination of the performance criteria. In addition, the deferred
stock option compensation includes some amounts recorded for nonqualified time
vesting grants where the estimated market value of the shares of the Company's
stock exceeded the exercise price at the date of the grant. The estimated market
value of the Company's common stock used in calculating the majority of the
deferred stock option compensation was approximately $4.32 per share. The second
quarter of 1997 deferred stock option compensation relates principally to the
authorization by the Board of Directors for the future grant of 56,250 options
to employees that vest upon the attainment of certain performance goals. In June
1997, the Company amended the terms of these future stock option grants by
eliminating the performance criteria. The 56,250 options are not reflected in
the table below as they have not been granted. The exercise price of these
options range from $4.60 to $6.00 per share.
A summary of nonqualified time vesting and time and performance vesting
stock options is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
--------------------------
NUMBER OF SHARES
SHARES --------------------------
AVAILABLE TIME AND WEIGHTED
FOR FUTURE TIME PERFORMANCE AVERAGE
GRANT VESTING VESTING EXERCISE PRICE
----------- ---------- ----------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at March 31, 1995.............. 64,006 347,033 -- $ 1.0584
Options granted......................... (1,235,293) 602,780 632,513 1.5840
Options expired......................... 299,657 (136,338) (163,319) 0.8736
Options exercised....................... -- (18,565) -- 1.0608
Plan amendment.......................... 1,041,667 -- -- --
----------- ---------- -----------
Balances at March 31, 1996.............. 170,037 794,910 469,194 1.5120
Options granted......................... (409,896) 255,138 154,758 1.7280
Options expired......................... 238,753 (75,434) (163,319) 0.7560
Options exercised....................... -- (10,684) -- 1.1136
----------- ---------- -----------
Balances at December 31, 1996........... (1,106) 963,930 460,633 1.6128
Options granted (unaudited)............. (275,353) 275,353 -- 5.4700
Options canceled (unaudited)............ 29,233 (29,233) -- 0.9816
Options exercised (unaudited)........... -- (15,385) -- 1.3982
Options amended (unaudited)............. -- 460,633 (460,633) 1.9680
Plan amendment (unaudited).............. 625,000 -- -- --
----------- ---------- -----------
Balances at June 30, 1997 (unaudited)... 377,774 1,655,298 -- $ 2.1910
=========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its Plans, and no
compensation cost for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 and the nine month
fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 has been recognized for its employee stock
options in the consolidated financial statements. Had the Company determined
compensation cost of employee stock options based on the fair value at the grant
date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma net loss
would not have been significantly different than the reported net loss.
The weighted-average fair value per share of the grants made during the
year ended March 31, 1996 and the nine month fiscal period ended December 31,
1996 was approximately $0.02 and $0.054 respectively. The fair value of the
stock options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: for the
year ended March 31, 1996 -- expected dividend yield 0%, risk-free
F-17
<PAGE> 83
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
interest rate averaging approximately 6.1%, and an expected life ranging from
two to six years; for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31,
1996 -- expected dividend yield 0%, risk-free interest rate averaging
approximately 6.3%, and an expected life ranging from two to six years.
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING --------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------- WEIGHTED-
EXERCISE NUMBER WEIGHTED-AVERAGE REMAINING WEIGHTED- AVERAGE NUMBER AVERAGE EXERCISE
PRICES OUTSTANDING CONTRACTUAL LIFE EXERCISE PRICE EXERCISABLE PRICE
- -------------- ----------- -------------------------- ---------------- ----------- ----------------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 0.024 -0.144 4,224 1.5 years $ 0.096 4,224 $ 0.096
0.240 -0.288 10,832 1 year 0.240 10,832 0.240
0.792 452,640 1.5 years 0.792 225,158 0.792
1.968 921,265 2 years 1.968 -- --
2.880 -6.360 35,602 1.5 years 2.976 34,876 2.976
---------- ----------
1,424,563 1.75 years $ 1.613 275,090 $ 1.037
========== ==========
</TABLE>
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
In January 1996, the Company implemented a 401(k) plan that covers all
employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age,
length of service and hours worked. Under the profit sharing portion of the
plan, the Company may make an annual contribution for the benefit of eligible
employees in an amount determined by the Board of Directors. As of June 30,
1997, the Company had not made any contributions to the plan. Under the 401(k)
portion of the plan, eligible employees may make pretax elective contributions
of up to 10% of their compensation, subject to maximum limits on contributions
prescribed by law.
(11) INCOME TAXES
The Company has not recorded an income tax benefit for the years ending
March 31, 1995 and 1996, and the nine month fiscal period ended December 31,
1996 due to the recording of a valuation allowance as an offset to net deferred
tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided due to uncertainties relating to
the realization of deferred tax assets.
F-18
<PAGE> 84
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax assets are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER
MARCH 31, 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1996 1997
----------- ----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Writedown of inventories, deductible in different
years for tax purposes............................ $ 203,000 $ 158,500 $ 140,500
Equipment and leasehold improvements, principally
due to differences in depreciation and
amortization...................................... 230,000 236,700 168,000
Accrued liabilities deductible in different years
for tax purposes.................................. 219,000 199,600 136,300
Amortization of stock option expense deductible in
different years for tax purposes.................. 292,600 292,600 621,000
Net operating loss carryforwards.................... 10,147,000 12,544,900 13,390,800
----------- ----------- -----------
Total gross deferred tax assets........... 11,091,600 13,432,300 14,456,600
Less valuation allowance.......................... 11,091,600 13,432,300 14,456,600
----------- ----------- -----------
Net deferred tax assets................... $ -- $ -- $ --
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased $1,826,500 for
the year ended March 31, 1995, $3,616,600 for the year ended March 31, 1996,
$2,340,700 for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 and
$1,024,300 for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
At December 31, 1996, the Company had tax net operating loss carryforwards
available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any, of approximately $35
million expiring in 2005 through 2012. At December 31, 1996, the Company also
has net operating tax loss carryforwards available to offset future United
Kingdom taxable income, if any, of approximately $1.8 million expiring in 2006
through 2011.
The utilization of the tax net operating loss carryforwards may be limited
due to ownership changes that have occurred as a result of the sale of common
and preferred stock.
(12) LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Company is obligated under various capital leases for certain equipment
that expire at various dates during the next three years. The Company also has
certain noncancelable operating leases that expire over the next two years and
require the Company to pay certain executory costs such as maintenance and
taxes. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases and
future minimum capital lease payments as of December 31, 1996 are:
F-19
<PAGE> 85
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL OPERATING
LEASES LEASES
---------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Years ending December 31:
1997................................................ $ 611,455 $63,335
1998................................................ 356,654 21,934
1999................................................ 178,575 --
---------- -------
Total minimum lease payments................ 1,146,684 $85,269
=======
Less amount representing interest (at rates averaging
15%)................................................ 100,598
----------
Present value of net minimum capital lease
payments.................................. 1,046,086
Less current installments of obligations under capital
leases.............................................. 503,827
----------
Obligations under capital leases, excluding
current installments...................... $ 542,259
==========
</TABLE>
Rental expense for these operating leases totaled $292,600 for the year
ended March 31, 1995, $235,003 for the year ended March 31, 1996, $240,917 for
the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996 and $263,523 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997.
Subsequent to December 31, 1996, the Company entered into certain capital
leases with terms of three years for manufacturing and test equipment. Lease
payments over the next three years for this equipment will total approximately
$548,000 per year.
(13) MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company currently operates in a single segment selling millimeter wave
radio systems. Product sales during the nine month fiscal period ended December
31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 to individual customers and by
geographic region accounting for more than 10% of total revenues are shown
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
NINE MONTH ENDED
FISCAL PERIOD JUNE 30, 1997
GEOGRAPHIC ENDED -------------
CUSTOMER REGION DECEMBER 31, 1996
--------------------------------- ---------- ----------------- (UNAUDITED)
<C> <S> <C> <C>
A................................ Canada 50% 50%
B................................ U.S. 13 12
C................................ U.S. 10 --
D................................ France -- 28
</TABLE>
Manufacturing contract service revenues for all periods presented were to a
single customer.
F-20
<PAGE> 86
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
(14) OPERATIONS AND FINANCING
The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a
going concern basis.
The Company incurred a net loss of $7,328,836, had negative cash flows from
operations of $9,550,621, and an accumulated deficit of $40,374,903 as of and
for the nine month fiscal period ended December 31, 1996. The Company has
expended a significant amount of cash in developing its technology and
redesigned radios and during the nine month fiscal period ended December 31,
1996, the Company commenced principal operations. The Company expects to expand
its manufacturing and sales efforts during 1997 and to reach profitable levels
during 1997. Although, as of June 1997, the Company has a significant sales
order backlog, and is successfully manufacturing its redesigned radios,
management recognizes that to sustain the rate of growth projected and to meet
working capital requirements, additional resources may be necessary.
Accordingly, in March 1997, the Company closed a Series E preferred stock
financing transaction totaling $5 million. Included in the $5 million financing
was the conversion of unsecured convertible promissory notes payable to
stockholders. Additional financing is discussed in note 17. In addition, the
Company has retained investment banking counsel to advise it on the possible
sale of additional equity securities in connection with a proposed IPO. The
Company intends to offer for sale, as part of the IPO, 2,500,000 shares of
common stock at a price ranging from $10 to $12 per share.
Management expects that these efforts will result in adequate near term
financing. No assurances can be given that the Company will achieve
profitability or positive cash flow.
(15) CONTINGENCIES
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims which have
arisen in the ordinary course of its business. These actions when ultimately
concluded and determined will not, in the opinion of management, have a material
effect on results of operations or the financial condition of the Company.
(16) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities,
obligations under capital leases, notes payable and notes payable to
stockholders. The fair value of obligations under capital leases, notes payable
and notes payable to stockholders estimates their recorded values based on
current rates available to the Company. The remaining financial instruments have
a short-term until maturity or settlement in cash and, therefore, the carrying
value approximates fair value.
(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In June 1997:
- - The Board of Directors authorized the increase in the number of common shares
to 16,666,666 and preferred shares to 13,379,164 of which 504,166 shares are
designated as Series F Preferred Stock which have identical preferences as the
Series C Senior Preferred, D and E Preferred, except that the liquidation
preference is $6.96 per share. Also in June 1997, the Company issued 502,867
shares of Series F Preferred Stock at $6.96 per share, for total cash
consideration of $3,500,000, before issuance costs.
- - The Board of Directors authorized a 24:1 reverse stock split on its common and
preferred stock and eliminated the par values related thereto. In addition,
the Board subsequently approved changes in the authorized number of preferred
shares to 5,000,000 and common shares to 30,000,000, to be effective upon
closing of the IPO. These consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
have been restated for these actions.
F-21
<PAGE> 87
INNOVA CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
- - A plan amendment to the Company's Stock Option Plan was approved increasing
shares available for grant by 500,000 bringing the total authorized to
2,083,333.
- - The Board of Directors authorized a Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee
Directors for which 120,000 shares of common stock were reserved for sale and
issuance under the plan. Under the provisions of the plan, 48,263 options were
granted with an exercise price of $9.84 per share and a vesting period of 4
years.
- - The Board of Directors amended the terms of 56,250 future stock option grants,
discussed in footnote (9), by eliminating the performance criteria.
- - The Board of Directors authorized management to file a registration statement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the Company to sell
shares of its common stock to the public. Upon completion of the Company's
initial public offering, each outstanding share of redeemable preferred stock
will convert into one share of common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders'
equity reflects the assumed conversion of the redeemable preferred stock into
common stock as of June 30, 1997.
- - Prior to June 1997, certain warrants to purchase 481,977 of Series A.2
preferred stock were outstanding. In June, 1997, the Company amended the
warrants to provide that if the outstanding preferred shares of the Company is
converted into common shares, the warrants will be for the purchase of 481,977
shares of common stock.
F-22
<PAGE> 88
[PHOTOGRAPH OF COMPANY'S LOGO AND MISSION STATEMENT]
The artwork for the inside back cover of the Prospectus is a color photograph of
the Company's logo (which is the word Innova with an inverted triangle over the
"I" in "Innova"), and the Company's mission statement ("Dramatically Changing
the Economics of Wireless Networks").
<PAGE> 89
======================================================
No person is authorized in connection with any offering made hereby to give
any information or to make any representation not contained herein and, if given
or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by the Company or the Underwriters. This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security
other than the Common Shares offered hereby, nor does it constitute an offer to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby
to any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make such an offer
or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the
information contained herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date
hereof.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Risk Factors........................... 5
The Company............................ 18
Use of Proceeds........................ 18
Dividend Policy........................ 18
Capitalization......................... 19
Dilution............................... 20
Selected Financial Data................ 21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 22
Business............................... 31
Management............................. 45
Certain Transactions................... 50
Principal Shareholders................. 55
Description of Capital Stock........... 57
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 59
Underwriting........................... 61
Legal Matters.......................... 62
Experts................................ 62
Additional Information................. 63
Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements........................... F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------------
Until , 1997 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the Common Stock, whether or not participating in this
Offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
======================================================
======================================================
2,500,000 SHARES
[INNOVA LOGO]
COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
PROSPECTUS
, 1997
---------------------------
UBS SECURITIES
HAMBRECHT & QUIST
WESSELS, ARNOLD & HENDERSON
======================================================
<PAGE> 90
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Registration Fee -- Securities and Exchange Commission.................... $ 10,345
NASD Filing Fee........................................................... 3,500
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee........................................ 47,848
Accountants' Fees and Expenses............................................ 105,000
Blue Sky Filing and Counsel Fees and Expenses............................. 15,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses........................................... 125,000
Legal Fees and Expenses................................................... 200,000
Transfer Agent and Registration Fees...................................... 5,000
Miscellaneous Expenses.................................................... 288,307
--------
TOTAL........................................................... $800,000
========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* All expenses other than the Securities and Exchange Commission Registration
Fee, the NASD Filing Fee and the Nasdaq National Market Fee are estimated.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Sections 23B.08.500 through 23B.08.600 of the Washington Business
Corporation Act authorize a court to award, or a corporation's board of
directors to grant, indemnification to directors and officers on terms
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"). Article V, Section 5.1, of the Registrant's Second Restated
Articles of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1 hereto) and Article X of the Registrant's
Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) provide for mandatory
indemnification of the Registrant's directors, officers, employees and agents to
the maximum extent permitted by law. (The directors and officers of the
Registrant also may be indemnified against liability they may incur for serving
in that capacity pursuant to a liability insurance policy maintained by the
Company for such purpose.)
Section 23B.08.320 of the Washington Business Corporation Act authorizes a
corporation to limit a director's liability to the corporation or its
shareholders for monetary damages for acts or omissions as a director, except in
certain circumstances involving intentional misconduct, self-dealing or illegal
corporate loans or distributions, or any transaction from which the director
personally receives a benefit in money, property or services to which the
director is not legally entitled. Article V, Section 5.2, of the Registrant's
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation contains provisions implementing,
to the fullest extent permitted by Washington law, such limitations on a
director's liability to the Registrant and its shareholders.
Reference is made to the Registrant's Second Restated Articles of
Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Registration Statement, and the
Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this
Registration Statement. The provisions of the Registrant's Second Restated
Articles of Incorporation regarding indemnification of officers and directors
are substantially the same as those of Article V of the Registrant's Restated
Articles of Incorporation, to be filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this Registration
Statement.
Reference is also made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as
Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement for certain provisions regarding the
indemnification of officers and directors of the Registrant by the Underwriters.
II-1
<PAGE> 91
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since March 31, 1994, the Registrant has issued the following unregistered
securities (all share amounts have been adjusted as necessary to reflect a 24:1
reverse stock split to be effected prior to the offering):
(1) An aggregate of 214,724 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were
issued in May 1994 at $7.9168 per share to 20 investors, all of whom were
venture funds and other accredited investors, for an aggregate
consideration of $1,700,000 in outstanding promissory notes. In addition,
warrants for 462,639 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exercisable at
$0.84 per share were issued in May 1994.
(2) An aggregate of 364,855 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were
issued in May 1994 upon (i) the conversion of a $1,000,000 promissory note
plus $20,135 in accrued interest and (ii) the payment of $1,999,997 in
cash, at a price per share of $6.0850 to three investors, all of whom were
venture funds and other accredited investors. In addition, the Company sold
three options exercisable for an aggregate of 882,286 shares at various
exercise prices. Only the first of these options was exercised, for 439,698
shares at an exercise price of $6.3679 per share, in July and August 1996.
(3) An aggregate of 63,156 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued
in December 1994 at $7.9168 per share to a venture fund and another
accredited investor, pursuant to the conversion of promissory notes. In
addition, warrants for 19,338 shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
exercisable at $0.84 per share, were issued in December 1994.
(4) In February 1995, 253,081 shares of Series C Senior Preferred
Stock were issued at $6.3672 per share and 189,810 shares of Common Stock
were issued at $0.024 per share to twelve investors, all of whom were
venture funds and other accredited investors. In April 1995, 411,217 shares
of Series C Senior Preferred Stock were issued at $6.3672 per share and
308,410 shares of Common Stock were issued at $0.024 per share, to fifteen
investors, all of whom were venture funds and other accredited investors.
In addition, warrants for 1,204,050 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at
$0.024 per share, were issued in connection with these financings.
(5) In September 1995, 422,625 shares of Series C1 Senior Preferred
Stock were issued at $6.3672 per share, and 316,965 shares of Common Stock
were issued at $0.024 per share, to seventeen investors, all of whom were
venture funds and other accredited investors. In November 1995, 31,320
shares of Series C1 Senior Preferred Stock were issued at $6.3672 per
share, and 23,488 shares of Common Stock were issued at $0.024 per share,
to seven investors, all of whom were venture funds and other accredited
investors. In addition, warrants for 680,917 shares of Common Stock,
exercisable at $0.024 per share, were issued in connection with the Series
C1 Senior Preferred Stock financing.
(6) In April 1996, an aggregate of 3,717,463 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock were issued at $3.228 per share to 21 investors, all of
whom were venture funds and other accredited investors. In addition,
warrants for 193,611 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at $2.5824 per
share, and warrants for 367,082 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at
$0.024 per share, were issued.
(7) In May 1996, 2,349 shares of Series C1 Senior Preferred Stock, and
5,285 shares of Common Stock, were issued to William C. Eatherly, a
consultant to the Company, in consideration for his services.
(8) In June 1996, 42,521 shares of Common Stock were issued to Berson
& Associates and the Berson & Associates Employee Retirement Trust in
consideration for consulting services rendered to the Company by Berson &
Associates.
(9) In March 1997, 962,669 shares of Series E Preferred Stock were
issued at $5.1938 per share to 21 investors, all of whom were venture funds
and other accredited investors, for cash and upon conversion of various
promissory notes issued in the period of November 1996 through March 1997.
(10) In April 1997, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 21,500
shares of Common Stock to Greyrock Capital, a commercial lending
institution, in connection with the execution of a credit facility made
available to the Company.
II-2
<PAGE> 92
(11) In June 1997, 502,867 shares of Series F Preferred Stock were
issued at a price of $6.96 per share to eleven investors, all of whom were
venture funds and other accredited investors.
(12) Employees, directors and consultants exercised compensatory stock
options received pursuant to Innova Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan
(Amended and Restated 1992) stand alone stock options and warrants for an
aggregate of approximately 44,634 shares of Common Stock issued at prices
ranging from $0.024 to $6.36 per share.
No underwriters were engaged in connection with the sale of securities
described above. The issuance of stock to Mr. Eatherly and Berson & Associates
in compensation for services rendered to the Company were made in reliance upon
the exemption from registration set forth in Section 3(b) of the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. All other
sales of securities described above were made in reliance upon the exemption
from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act relating to
sales by an issuer not involving a public offering. Upon consummation of the
Offering, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Senior Preferred Stock, Series C1 Senior Preferred Stock, Series D
Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock will
automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Common Stock. Each of
the investors in such financings represented that the shares were being
purchased with investment intent and that they were accredited investors, and
agreed to placement of a legend on the securities restricting transfer.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
1.1 Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement*........................
3.1 Proposed Second Restated Articles of Incorporation (As will be
effective on closing of the Offering)...........................
3.2 Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended**................
3.3 Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws*...................
4.1 Specimen Stock Certificate......................................
5.1 Opinion of Graham & James LLP**.................................
10.1 Innova Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan (Amended and Restated
July 31, 1992), as amended*.....................................
10.2 Director Stock Option Plan......................................
10.3 Form of Stock Option Agreement*.................................
10.4 Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock*.......................
10.5 Form of Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock*...........
10.6 Warrant to Purchase 516,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
issued to Greyrock (including Antidilution Agreement)*..........
10.7 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 26, 1994, by and
among the Registrant, Bachow Investment Partners III, L.P., Paul
S. Bachow Co-Investment Fund, L.P., and Paul S. Bachow, as
amended April 26, 1996, April 30, 1997 and June 13, 1997 (All
holders of the Company's Preferred Stock and Greyrock were
granted the same registration rights as in the Registration
Rights Agreement as if deemed parties to the such agreement)*...
10.8 Business Park Net Lease, dated April 16, 1996, between Gateway
Corporate Properties, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
corporation, as lessor, and Innova Corporation, as lessee
(amended by Exhibit 10.9)*......................................
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 93
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
10.9 Lease Amendment No. 1, dated January 28, 1997, between Gateway
North Properties, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
corporation, as lessor, and Innova Corporation, as lessee*......
10.10 Sublease Agreement, dated January 21, 1997, between Yamato
Transport USA, Inc., a New York corporation, as sublessor, and
Innova Corporation, as sublessee*...............................
10.11 Cooperation Agreement, dated October 31, 1996, between SAT
(Societe Anonyme de Telecomunications) Networks and
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (amended by
Exhibits 10.16 and 10.17)***/*..................................
10.12 Master Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 1996, between SAT
(Societe Anonyme de Telecomunications) Networks and
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (amended by
Exhibit 10.18)***/*.............................................
10.13 OEM Purchase and Limited Licensing Agreement, dated May 30,
1997, between NERA ASA and Innova Corporation***/*..............
10.14 Memorandum of Understanding, dated November 17, 1995 between SAT
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (terminated
by Exhibit 10.19)*..............................................
10.15 Heads of Agreement, Slovtel OEM Purchase Agreement, dated
November 29, 1996, between Northern Telecom Limited and Innova
Corporation (as amended on February 27, 1997, and further
amended on April 24, 1997 and by Exhibit 10.20)***/*............
10.16 First Amendment to Cooperation Agreement, dated June 20, 1997,
between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and Innova
Corporation***..................................................
10.17 Second Amendment to Cooperation Agreement, dated June 20, 1997,
between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and Innova
Corporation***..................................................
10.18 First Amendment to Master Purchase Agreement, dated June 20,
1997, between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and
Innova Corporation***...........................................
10.19 Agreement, dated June 20, 1997, between SAT (Societe Anonyme de
Telecommunications) and Innova Corporation......................
10.20 Extension, dated June 30, 1997, of Heads of Agreement, between
Northern Telecom Limited and Innova Corporation.................
10.21 Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 15, 1996, between
Greyrock Business Credit, a division of NationsCredit Commercial
Corporation and Innova Corporation, as amended by Amendment to
Loan Documents, dated April 29, 1997**..........................
11.1 Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings..................
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant*.................................
23.1 Consent of Graham & James LLP (included in its opinion filed as
Exhibit 5.1 hereto).............................................
23.2 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP................................
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-[5]).....................
27.1 Financial Data Schedule.........................................
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Previously filed
** To be filed by amendment
*** Confidential treatment requested (confidential portions filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission)
II-4
<PAGE> 94
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters, at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be a part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
<PAGE> 95
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle,
State of Washington, on July 21, 1997.
INNOVA CORPORATION
By JEAN-FRANCOIS GRENON
------------------------------------
Jean-Francois Grenon
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C>
JEAN-FRANCOIS GRENON President and Chief Executive July 21, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- Officer (Principal Executive
Jean-Francois Grenon Officer)
and Director
JOHN M. HEMINGWAY Chief Financial Officer July 21, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial and
John M. Hemingway Accounting Officer)
V. FRANK MENDICINO Chairman of the Board July 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
V. Frank Mendicino*
PAUL S. BACHOW Director July 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
Paul S. Bachow*
FRANCES N. JANIS Director July 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
Frances N. Janis*
HAROLD O. SHATTUCK Director July 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
Harold O. Shattuck*
BERNARD D. TARR, JR. Director July 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
Bernard D. Tarr, Jr.*
*By JOHN M. HEMINGWAY
- -----------------------------------------------
John M. Hemingway
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 96
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
1.1 Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement*........................
3.1 Proposed Second Restated Articles of Incorporation (As will be
effective on closing of the Offering)...........................
3.2 Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended**................
3.3 Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws*...................
4.1 Specimen Stock Certificate......................................
5.1 Opinion of Graham & James LLP**.................................
10.1 Innova Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan (Amended and Restated
July 31, 1992), as amended*.....................................
10.2 Director Stock Option Plan......................................
10.3 Form of Stock Option Agreement*.................................
10.4 Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock*.......................
10.5 Form of Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock*...........
10.6 Warrant to Purchase 516,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
issued to Greyrock (including Antidilution Agreement)*..........
10.7 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 26, 1994, by and
among the Registrant, Bachow Investment Partners III, L.P., Paul
S. Bachow Co-Investment Fund, L.P., and Paul S. Bachow, as
amended April 26, 1996, April 30, 1997 and June 13, 1997 (All
holders of the Company's Preferred Stock and Greyrock were
granted the same registration rights as in the Registration
Rights Agreement as if deemed parties to the such agreement)*...
10.8 Business Park Net Lease, dated April 16, 1996, between Gateway
Corporate Properties, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
corporation, as lessor, and Innova Corporation, as lessee
(amended by Exhibit 10.9)*......................................
10.9 Lease Amendment No. 1, dated January 28, 1997, between Gateway
North Properties, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
corporation, as lessor, and Innova Corporation, as lessee*......
10.10 Sublease Agreement, dated January 21, 1997, between Yamato
Transport USA, Inc., a New York corporation, as sublessor, and
Innova Corporation, as sublessee*...............................
10.11 Cooperation Agreement, dated October 31, 1996, between SAT
(Societe Anonyme de Telecomunications) Networks and
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (amended by
Exhibits 10.16 and 10.17)***/*..................................
10.12 Master Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 1996, between SAT
(Societe Anonyme de Telecomunications) Networks and
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (amended by
Exhibit 10.18)***/*.............................................
10.13 OEM Purchase and Limited Licensing Agreement, dated May 30,
1997, between NERA ASA and Innova Corporation***/*..............
10.14 Memorandum of Understanding, dated November 17, 1995 between SAT
Telecommunications Division and Innova Corporation (terminated
by Exhibit 10.19)*..............................................
10.15 Heads of Agreement, Slovtel OEM Purchase Agreement, dated
November 29, 1996, between Northern Telecom Limited and Innova
Corporation (as amended on February 27, 1997, and further
amended on April 24, 1997 and by Exhibit 10.20)***/*............
10.16 First Amendment to Cooperation Agreement, dated June 20, 1997,
between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and Innova
Corporation***..................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 97
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
NUMBERED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
10.17 Second Amendment to Cooperation Agreement, dated June 20, 1997,
between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and Innova
Corporation***..................................................
10.18 First Amendment to Master Purchase Agreement, dated June 20,
1997, between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications) and
Innova Corporation***...........................................
10.19 Agreement, dated June 20, 1997, between SAT (Societe Anonyme de
Telecommunications) and Innova Corporation......................
10.20 Extension, dated June 30, 1997, of Heads of Agreement, between
Northern Telecom Limited and Innova Corporation.................
10.21 Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 15, 1996, between
Greyrock Business Credit, a division of NationsCredit Commercial
Corporation and Innova Corporation, as amended by Amendment to
Loan Documents, dated April 29, 1997**..........................
11.1 Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings..................
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant*.................................
23.1 Consent of Graham & James LLP (included in its opinion filed as
Exhibit 5.1 hereto).............................................
23.2 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP................................
24.1 Power of Attorney (included on page II-[5]).....................
27.1 Financial Data Schedule.........................................
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Previously filed
** To be filed by amendment
*** Confidential treatment requested (confidential portions filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission)
<PAGE> 1
SECOND RESTATED Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
INNOVA CORPORATION
ARTICLE I.
Name.
The name of the corporation is Innova Corporation.
ARTICLE II.
Authorized Shares.
2.1 The corporation is authorized to issue a total of 35,000,000
shares of two classes of stock without par value: 30,000,000 shares of Common
Stock and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. Holders of Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any matter on which holders of Common Stock
are entitled to vote. On dissolution of the corporation, after any preferential
amount with respect to the Preferred Stock has been paid or set aside, the
holders of Common Stock and the holders of any series of Preferred Stock
entitled to participate further in the distribution of assets are entitled to
receive the net assets of the corporation.
2.2 The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations
prescribed by the Washington Business Corporation Act (the "Act") and by the
provisions of this Article II, to provide for the issuance of shares of
Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares
to be included in each series and to determine the designations, relative
rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each series. The
authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series includes
determination of the following:
2.2.1 The number of shares in and the distinguishing
designation of that series.
2.2.2 Whether shares of that series shall have full,
special, conditional, limited or no voting rights, except to the extent
otherwise provided by the Act.
2.2.3 Whether shares of that series shall be convertible
and the terms and conditions of the conversion, including provision for
adjustment of the conversion rate in circumstances determined by the Board of
Directors.
1
<PAGE> 2
2.2.4 Whether shares of that series shall be redeemable and
the terms and conditions of redemption, including the date or dates upon or
after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case
of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions or at different
redemption dates.
2.2.5 The dividend rate, if any, on shares of that series,
the manner of calculating any dividends and the preference of any dividends.
2.2.6 The rights of shares of that series in the event of
voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the corporation and the rights of
priority of that series relative to the Common Stock and any other series of
Preferred Stock on the distribution of assets on dissolution.
2.2.7 Any other rights, preferences and limitations of that
series that are permitted by the Act.
Within any limits stated in these Articles or in the resolution of the
Board of Directors establishing a series, the Board of Directors, after the
issuance of shares of a series, may amend the resolution establishing the
series to decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then
outstanding) the number of shares of that series, and the number of shares
constituting the decrease shall thereafter constitute authorized but
undesignated shares, and the Board of Directors may amend the rights and
preferences of the shares of any series that has been established but is wholly
unissued.
The authority herein granted to the Board of Directors to determine
the relative rights and preferences of the preferred stock shall be limited to
unissued shares, and no power shall exist to alter or change the rights and
preferences of any shares that have been issued.
2.3 The Board of Directors shall have the authority to issue
shares of the capital stock of this corporation and the certificates therefor
subject to such transfer restrictions and other limitations as it may deem
necessary to promote compliance with applicable federal and state securities
laws, and to regulate the transfer thereof in such manner as may be calculated
to promote such compliance or to further any other reasonable purpose.
2.4 At any time when the corporation is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or
purposes may be called only by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board (if one be appointed) or the President or one or more shareholders
holding
2
<PAGE> 3
shares representing not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of all the votes
entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at that meeting.
A quorum shall exist at any meeting of shareholders if a majority of
the votes entitled to be cast is represented in person or by proxy. In the
case of any meeting of shareholders that is adjourned more than once because of
the failure of a quorum to attend, those who attend the third convening of such
meeting, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum
for the purpose of electing directors, provided that the percentage of shares
represented at the third convening of such meeting shall not be less than
one-third of the shares entitled to vote.
2.5 Except as otherwise specifically provided herein and subject
to the limitations set forth in RCW 23B.19.040, to the extent applicable:
2.5.1 The corporation may enter into contracts and
otherwise transact business as vendor, purchaser, lender, borrower, or
otherwise with its shareholders and with corporations, associations, firms, and
entities in which they are or may be or become interested as directors,
officers, shareholders, members, or otherwise.
2.5.2 Any such contract or transaction shall not be
affected or invalidated or give rise to liability by reason of the
shareholder's having an interest in the contract or transaction.
2.6 Subject to the requirements of RCW 23B.08.730 and RCW
23B.19.040, any contract, transaction, or act of the corporation or of any
director or officer of the corporation that shall be authorized, approved, or
ratified by the affirmative vote of a majority of shares represented at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall, insofar as permitted by law, be as
valid and as binding as though ratified by every shareholder of the
corporation.
ARTICLE III.
Directors.
3.1 Subject to the provisions of Article II hereof, the number of
directors of the corporation and the manner in which such directors are to be
elected shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.
3.2 Subject to the limitation(s) of RCW 23B.10.210, and subject to
the power of the shareholders of the corporation to change or repeal the
Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the power to amend or repeal the
Bylaws, or adopt new Bylaws for this corporation, as provided in the Bylaws.
3
<PAGE> 4
3.3 Subject to the limitations set forth in RCW 23B.08.700 through
RCW 23B.08.730:
3.3.1 The corporation may enter into contracts and
otherwise transact business as vendor, purchaser, lender, borrower, or
otherwise with its directors and with corporations, associations, firms, and
entities in which they are or may be or become interested as directors,
officers, shareholders, members, or otherwise.
3.3.2 Any such contract or transaction shall not be
affected or invalidated or give rise to liability by reason of the director's
having an interest in the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IV.
Shareholder Rights.
4.1 No Preemptive Rights. No shareholder of this corporation
shall have, solely by reason of being a shareholder, any preemptive or
preferential right or subscription right to any stock of this corporation or to
any obligations convertible into stock of this corporation, or to any warrant
or option for the purchase thereof, except to the extent provided by resolution
or resolutions of the Board of Directors establishing a series of Preferred
Stock or by written agreement with this corporation.
4.2 No Cumulative Voting. In any election for directors of the
corporation, a holder of shares of any class or series of stock then entitled
to vote has the right to vote in person or by proxy the number of shares of
stock held thereby for as many persons as there are directors to be elected.
No cumulative voting for directors shall be permitted.
4.3 Vote Required for Merger, Share Exchange, Sale of Assets and
Dissolution. The approval of any plan of merger, plan of share exchange, sale,
lease, exchange or other disposition of all, or substantially all, of the
corporation's property otherwise than in the usual and regular course of
business, or proposal to dissolve, shall require the affirmative vote of the
holders of not less than a majority of all outstanding shares of capital stock
of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of
the corporation. At any time when the corporation is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, pursuant to the authority granted under RCW 23B.10.030, RCW
23B.11.030, RCW 23B.12.020, and RCW 23B.14.020, the vote of shareholders of
this corporation required in order to approve amendments to the Articles of
Incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, the sale, lease, exchange,
or other disposition of all or substantially all
4
<PAGE> 5
of the property of the corporation not in the usual and regular course of
business, or dissolution of the corporation shall be a majority of all of the
votes entitled to be cast by each voting group, regardless of whether or not
the corporation is a "public company," as that term is defined in Section
23B.01.400 of the Act.
ARTICLE V.
Indemnification and Liability of Officers,
Directors, Employees and Agents.
5.1 Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify, in the
manner and to the full extent permitted by law, any person (or the estate of
any person) who was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to
any threatened, pending or complete action, suit or proceeding, whether or not
by or in the right of the corporation, and whether civil, criminal,
administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise. The corporation may, to the full extent permitted by law,
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any
liability which may be asserted against such person. To the full extent
permitted by law, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement,
and, in the manner provided by law, any such expenses may be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit
the right of the corporation to indemnify any other person for any such
expenses to the full extent permitted by law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive
of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the
corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
5.2 Limitation on Liability of Directors. No director of the
corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders
for monetary damages for his conduct as a director, except for (i) acts or
omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law by
the director, (ii) approval of distributions or loans in violation of RCW
23B.08.310, or (iii) any transaction from which the director will personally
receive a benefit in money, property or services to which the director is not
legally entitled. If the Washington Business Corporation Act is hereafter
amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Washington Business Corporation Act, as so amended. Any
5
<PAGE> 6
amendment to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE VI.
Executive Committee
If no Liquidity Event has occurred by May 20, 1998, an executive
committee (the "Executive Committee") shall be formed comprised of then members
of the Board of Directors, excluding (a) management, (b) management designees
and (c) family members or individuals having a business or professional
relationship with the corporation, management or any management designees. The
Executive Committee shall, by majority vote of its members have all he right
and authority of the Board of Directors to manage the sale process of the
corporation, whether by merger, sale of assets or otherwise. The Executive
Committee is not being created as a committee of the Board of Directors but
rather as an independent body pursuant to Section 23B.08.010 of the Washington
Business Corporation Act; accordingly, the Executive Committee shall have
exclusive authority for the matters described in the preceding sentence and the
Board of Directors shall have no authority for such matters.
ARTICLE VII.
Amendment of Articles.
These Articles of Incorporation may be amended with the approval of
each voting group entitled to vote separately thereon by a majority of all
votes entitled to be cast by that voting group. The holders of the outstanding
shares of a class are entitled to vote as a separate voting group on a proposed
amendment to these Articles of Incorporation if the amendment would:
7.1 Increase of decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares
of the class;
7.2 Effect an exchange or reclassification of all or part of the
shares of the class into shares of another class;
7.3 Effect an exchange or reclassification, or crease the right of
exchange, of all or part of the shares of another class into shares of the
class;
7.4 Change the designation, rights, preferences, or limitations of
all or part of the shares of the class;
6
<PAGE> 7
7.5 Change the shares of all or part of the class into a different
number of shares of the same class;
7.6 Create a new class of shares having rights or preferences with
respect to distributions or to dissolution that are prior, superior, or
substantially equal to the shares of the class;
7.7 Increase the rights, preferences, or number of authorized
shares of any class that, after giving effect to the amendment, have rights or
preferences with respect to distributions or to dissolution that are prior,
superior, or substantially equal to the shares of the class;
7.8 Limit or deny an existing preemptive right of all or part of
the shares of the class; or
7.9 Cancel or otherwise affect rights to distributions or
dividends that have accumulated but not yet been declared on all or part of the
shares of the class.
ARTICLE VIII.
OTHER MATTERS
8.1 Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, as amended
from time to time, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provisions contained in these Articles in any manner now or
hereafter prescribed or permitted by statute.
8.2 The corporation shall have authority to correct clerical
errors in any documents filed with the Secretary of State of Washington,
including these Articles or any amendments hereto, without the necessity of
special shareholder approval of such corrections.
DATED: ________________, 1997.
________________________________________
John M. Hemingway, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary
7
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4.1
SPECIMEN STOCK CERTIFICATE
INNOVA LOGO
[NUMBER] [SHARES]
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS SEE REVERSE FOR DEFINITIONS AND A
OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON STATEMENT AS TO THE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES
AND LIMITATIONS OF SHARES
THIS CERTIFIES THAT CUSIP 45766A 10,6
IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
- -------------------------------INNOVA CORPORATION------------------------------
transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in
person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate
property endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the
Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of
its duly authorized officers.
Dated
- ------------------------------ -------------------------------------
SECRETARY PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
[SEAL]
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
<PAGE> 2
The Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon written request and
without charge a summary of the designations, relative rights, preferences, and
limitations applicable to each class of stock which the Corporation is
authorized to issue, and the variations in rights, preferences, and limitations
of the shares of each series of each such class of stock insofar as the same may
have been fixed and determined, and the authority of the Board of Directors to
determine variations for future series.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM -- as tenants in common
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN -- as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants
in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- _____________ Custodian ___________
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act _______________________________
Shares
UNIF TRF MIN ACT -- _____________ Custodian (minor age __)
(Cust)
_____________ under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minors Act _______________________
(Shares)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED ______________________ hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________ Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
________________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated ___________________________
X_____________________________________________
X_____________________________________________
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON
THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed
By _____________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY
AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANK,
STOCKBROKER, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
OR CREDIT UNION) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN
APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION
PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
- --------------------------------------------
AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY
3504 ATLANTIC AVENUE
SUITE 12
LONG BEACH, CA 90807 044118bk
(310) 989-2383
(FAX) (310) 426-7450 REV 1
- --------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.2
INNOVA CORPORATION
DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
INNOVA CORPORATION, a Washington corporation (the "Company"), hereby
establishes and sets forth the terms of the Innova Corporation Director Stock
Option Plan (the "Plan").
1. PURPOSE OF PLAN; EFFECTIVE DATE
The purpose of this Plan is to enable the Company to attract and retain
outside persons of the highest caliber to serve on the Company's Board of
Directors, as such persons can make important contributions to the success of
the Company. The Plan will seek to achieve this purpose by means of automatic
grants of options to acquire shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.01 par
value per share (the "Common Stock") under the terms of this Plan. The Plan will
be effective as of June 17, 1997 (the "Effective Date").
2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
The Plan shall be administered by the Company's Board of Directors.
Grants of options under the Plan and the amount and nature of the grants shall
be automatic as described in Section 4. However, the Board shall have the
authority to (a) administer the Plan in accordance with its express terms;
(b) determine all questions arising in connection with the administration,
interpretation, and application of the Plan; (c) correct any defect, supply any
information, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent
as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan;
(d) prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
administration of the Plan; and (e) make all other determinations necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan. All determinations made by the
Board in good faith in matters referred to in this Section 2 shall be final,
conclusive, and binding on all persons. The Board shall have all powers
necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under the Plan.
3. ELIGIBLE DIRECTORS
Each individual who on a Grant Date (as defined in Section 4.1
below) in any year during the term of the Plan meets the following requirements
shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (each such individual will be
referred to as an "Eligible Director"):
<PAGE> 2
(a) The individual is a member of the Company's Board
of Directors at the close of business on the Grant Date; and
(b) At no time during the calendar year in which the Grant
Date falls or during the preceding calendar year has the individual been
an employee of the Company or any of its direct or indirect
subsidiaries.
An Eligible Director will cease to be eligible for further participation in the
Plan if he or she does not meet the foregoing eligibility requirements on any
Grant Date. Such cessation of participation shall not affect the Eligible
Director's rights under any options previously granted under the Plan.
4. GRANTS OF OPTIONS
4.1 Each Eligible Director on the Effective Date (the Effective
Date shall also be included in the definition of a "Grant Date" as defined
below) is eligible to receive a one-time grant of an option to acquire up to
240,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the Fair Market
Value (as defined in Section 4.5 below) of the Common Stock on such Grant Date.
Effective on the date on which an Eligible Director for the first time takes
office as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (each such date
being referred to as a "Grant Date"), provided shares of Common Stock then
remain available under Section 5 for the grant of options under this Plan, such
Eligible Director will receive a one-time grant of an option to acquire Ninety
Six Thousand (96,000) shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the
Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 4.5 below) of the Common Stock on such
Grant Date.
4.2 On January 1, 1998, and on the date of the Company's annual
meeting of shareholders commencing with the annual shareholders meeting held in
1999, and in each subsequent year during which shares of Common Stock remain
available under Section 5 for the grant of options under this Plan (each such
date being referred to as a "Grant Date"), each individual who is an Eligible
Director on such Grant Date will additionally receive an option to acquire
Ninety-six thousand (96,000) shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal
to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on such Grant Date.
4.3 If on any Grant Date the number of shares of Common Stock
available under Section 5 for the grant of options under this Plan is
insufficient to permit options to be granted to each Eligible Director for the
entire number of shares required by Section 4.1 or 4.2 above, then each Eligible
Director entitled to be granted an option on such Grant Date shall instead be
granted, on a proportional
2
<PAGE> 3
basis, an option to acquire the largest whole number of shares of Common Stock
as can then be granted without exceeding the number of shares then available.
4.4 All grants of options under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 shall occur
automatically without further action of the Board of Directors other than, to
the extent necessary, their determination of the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock on the Grant Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that as to options granted on the
Effective Date, the Board of Directors shall also determine the number of shares
covered by options granted to each Eligible Director.
4.5 For purposes of this Plan, the term "Fair Market Value" on
any date means, if the Common Stock is publicly traded, the average last sales
price (or, if no last sales prices are reported, the average of the high bid and
low asked prices) for a share of Common Stock on the twenty (20) trading days
ending on the last trading day prior to the date for which Fair Market Value is
being determined, as reported by the principal exchange on which the Common
Stock is listed, or, if the Common Stock is publicly traded but not listed on an
exchange, as reported on NASDAQ, or, if such prices or quotations are not
reported on NASDAQ, as reported by any other available source of prices or
quotations selected by the Board of Directors. If the Common Stock is not
publicly traded, or if the Fair Market Value is not determinable by any of the
foregoing means, the Fair Market Value on any day shall be determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors on the basis of such considerations as the Board
of Directors deems appropriate, including any recent third-party valuations or
appraisals.
5. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONS
The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of options granted under the Plan will be Two Million Eight
Hundred Eighty Thousand (2,880,000), and options may be granted under this Plan
only with respect to the shares so reserved. This number will be subject to any
adjustment required or permitted under Sections 9 and 10 below.
6. OPTION AGREEMENT
Each option will be evidenced by a written agreement executed by the
Company and the Eligible Director. Such agreement shall contain the terms of the
option as specified herein, together with such other terms, conditions, and
provisions not inconsistent with such terms and conditions as the Company deems
advisable.
3
<PAGE> 4
7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
7.1 An option granted to an Eligible Director on the Effective
Date will thereafter be exercisable in whole or in part at any time (subject to
Section 7.2 below) prior to the date specified for its expiration in Section 7.3
below.
7.2 Except as provided in Section 7.1 above, each option granted
to an Eligible Director pursuant to Section 4.1 and 4.2 above will vest and
become exercisable as follows: 25% one year from the Grant Date with the
remainder vesting in 36 equal monthly increments, provided the individual
holding the option remains an Eligible Director on each such anniversary date.
Vested options (or vested portions thereof) will thereafter be exercisable in
whole or in part at any time prior to the date specified for expiration of the
option in Section 7.3 below. Unvested options (or portions thereof) will expire
without further vesting if, prior to the date the option (or portion thereof) is
scheduled to vest, the holder ceases to be a director of the Company for any
reason other than his or her death.
7.3 Unless an option granted hereunder expires earlier pursuant
to the provisions of Section 7.2, the option will expire ten (10) years after
its Grant Date, or one (1) year after the date of death of the option holder,
whichever occurs first.
7.4 The exercise price of any shares purchased shall be paid in
full in cash or in shares of Common Stock that have been outstanding for at
least one (1) year. Shares of Common Stock used to pay the exercise price will
be valued based on their Fair Market Value on the date the option is exercised.
7.5 Each certificate evidencing Common Stock issued upon exercise
of an option shall bear such legends as the Company, upon advice of legal
counsel, determines to be necessary or appropriate, including, without
limitation, a legend to the effect that the shares represented thereby may not
be disposed of unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, acceptable
to the Company, that such disposition will not violate any federal or state
securities laws.
4
<PAGE> 5
8. NONTRANSFERABILITY
Options granted under the Plan will not be transferable by the holder
thereof other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, will not
be involuntarily alienable by legal process or otherwise by operation of law,
and will be exercisable during the holder's lifetime only by the holder. In the
event of the death of an option holder prior to full exercise of an option, the
option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the option passes by
will or by applicable laws of descent and distribution.
9. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased,
changed into, or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or
securities of the Company through reorganization, merger, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split-up, or other material alteration in the capital
structure of the Company, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be
made in the number and/or kind of shares as to which options will thereafter
automatically be granted. A corresponding adjustment shall be made to change the
number and/or kind of shares allocated to unexercised options or portions
thereof granted prior to any such change. However, any such adjustment in the
outstanding options shall be made without change in the total price applicable
to the unexercised portion of the options but with a corresponding adjustment in
the price for each share covered by the options. For purposes of this Section 9,
neither (a) the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or other
securities of the Company in exchange for adequate consideration (including
services), nor (b) the conversion into Common Stock of any securities of the
Company now or hereafter outstanding, shall be deemed material alterations in
the capital structure of the Company. If the Board of Directors shall determine
that the nature of a material alteration in the capital structure of the Company
is such that it is not feasible or advisable to make adjustments to this Plan or
to the options granted hereunder, such event shall be subject to Section 10
below.
5
<PAGE> 6
10. OTHER SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
Upon a reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one
or more corporations as a result of which the Company is not the surviving
corporation, upon the acquisition by any person, partnership, or corporation,
without the approval of the Board of Directors, of more than 50% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, upon a sale of substantially all of the
property of the Company, or upon a material change in the capital structure of
the Company that is subject to this Section 10 in accordance with the last
sentence of Section 9 above, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have
the power to determine in its sole discretion, upon the effective date of such
event or within thirty (30) days thereafter, what effect, if any, such event
shall have upon options outstanding hereunder, including, without limitation,
the power to cause such options to be surrendered and canceled and payments to
be made to the holders in exchange therefor and to cause adjustments to be made
in the number and/or kind of shares with respect to which such options may be
exercised and/or in the exercise prices and other terms and conditions thereof.
Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Plan shall terminate,
and all options theretofore granted hereunder shall terminate, unless provision
be made in connection with such transaction for the continuance of the Plan and
for the assumption of options theretofore granted or the substitution for such
options of new options covering the stock of a successor employer corporation,
or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to number and
kind of shares and prices, in which event the Plan and options theretofore
granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.
11. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time discontinue the
Plan as to future grants of options and may also from time to time amend the
Plan in any respect whatsoever; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, without the consent of
each director and former director affected thereby, no discontinuation or
amendment will materially alter or impair any rights of the directors under the
Plan with respect to grants of options made prior to the discontinuation or
amendment.
12. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
Unless the Plan is sooner terminated by the Board of Directors, the Plan
will terminate on the earlier of (a) June 16, 2007, or (b) one (1) year
following such time as there are no shares of Common Stock available under
Section 5 for the grant of options under this Plan, unless prior to the date of
termination Section 5 of the Plan is amended to increase the number of available
shares. The termination of the Plan
6
<PAGE> 7
will not alter or impair any rights or obligations under any option previously
granted under the Plan.
13. GOVERNING LAW
All determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Washington and construed accordingly.
7
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.16
NOTE: THE SYMBOL ***** INDICATES WHERE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED
AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO COOPERATION AGREEMENT
This First Amendment to Cooperation Agreement is entered into as of this 20th
day of June, 1997, by and between Societe de Telecommunications ("SAT") and
Innova Corporation ("Innova") with respect to the following facts:
WHEREAS, on October 31, 1996, the parties entered into a Cooperation Agreement
(the "Cooperation Agreement") regarding the development, manufacturing and
commercialization of digital high frequency radiolinks;
WHEREAS, the parties would like to amend the Agreement to add a license from
Innova to SAT to use and sell Innova's XP View software;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the aforesaid premises and mutual covenants
expressed herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Innova and SAT, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
1. Article 6 of the Cooperation Agreement is hereby amended to add a new
subparagraph 6.2(a)(vi) to read in its entirety as follows:
A license from Innova to SAT to use and market, by way of
sublicenses, in SAT's exclusive and non-exclusive territories
Innova's XP View Software in connection with the Products provided,
however, that: (1) the current version of XP View software is
provided by Innova "as is" and with all faults and without express
or implied warranties of any kind including, without limitation,
implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose; and (2) SAT grants to Innova a royalty-free perpetual
license to use any modifications or enhancements that are made to
the XP View software.
2. Annex 3 is hereby amended to add a new line to read in its entirety as
follows:
*XP View software source and object code, list of development
tools.
3. Annex 4 is hereby amended to add a new paragraph 1(e) to read in its
entirety as follows:
1
<PAGE> 2
(e) XP View software US $*****
XP View updates US $*****
4. Annex 4 shall be further amended to add a new paragraph 1(d), regarding
royalties, to read as follows:
(d) XP View software US $***** per SIU
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Amendment in two (2)
original counterparts as of the date first above written.
For INNOVA CORPORATION For SAT (Societe Anonyme
de Telecommunications)
By /s/ Jean-Francois Grenon By /s/ Marc Mathieu
----------------------------- -------------------------------
(signature) (signature)
Jean-Francois Grenon Marc Mathieu
----------------------------- -------------------------------
(print name) (print name)
President and CEO Executive V.P.
----------------------------- -------------------------------
(title) (title)
2
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.17
NOTE: THE SYMBOL ***** INDICATES WHERE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED
AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
SECOND AMENDMENT TO COOPERATION AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF OCTOBER 31ST, 1996
BETWEEN SAT AND INNOVA CORPORATIONS
This Amendment Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of 20 June 1997
by and between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications), 11 rue Watt BP 326
75626 PARIS CEDEX 13 - FRANCE and INNOVA CORPORATION, Gateway North, Building 2,
3325 South 116th Street, Seattle, Washington
98168, USA.
WHEREAS, on October 31, 1996, the parties entered into a Cooperation Agreement
(the "Cooperation Agreement") regarding the development, manufacturing and
commercialization of digital high frequency radiolinks;
WHEREAS, the Parties are very pleased with their relationship and wish to expand
that relationship;
WHEREAS, due to the evolution of market requirements and of the US Dollar
exchange rate during the execution of the Cooperation Agreement, the priority of
the different tasks allocated to the Parties has changed and the transfer prices
need to be modified;
WHEREAS, important commercial actions have been conducted by SAT in France as
well as in Italy and in Poland and the price aspects appear to be critical in
all these three countries.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the aforesaid premises and mutual covenants
expressed herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Innova and SAT.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
ARTICLE 1:
Annex 1 of the Cooperation Agreement is hereby canceled and replaced as follows:
1
<PAGE> 2
QUOTE
ANNEX 1
ITEMS TO BE DEVELOPED
ALLOCATION OF DEVELOPMENT TASKS
AND TIME SCHEDULE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRODUCTS TO BE DEVELOPED BY TIME SCHEDULE
- -------- ------------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C>
2x2 and 4x2 Mbit/s
- -23/26/38 GHz INNOVA 3rd quarter 1996 (1)
- -15/18 GHz INNOVA 4th quarter 1996 (1)
- -13 GHz INNOVA 3rd quarter 1997
4x2 and 8x2 Mbit/s
- -15/18/23/26/38 GHz INNOVA 3rd quarter 1997
- -13 GHz INNOVA 3rd quarter 1997
8x2 and 16x2 Mbit/s(1+1)
- -15 GHz QPSK SAT 3rd quarter 1997
- -18 GHz QPSK SAT 4th quarter 1997
- -26 GHz 4FSK SAT/INNOVA 1st quarter 1998
</TABLE>
(1) these developments are complete at the date of signature of this amendment.
UNQUOTE
2
<PAGE> 3
ARTICLE 2:
Each Party acknowledges to the other that, as of the date of the 2nd amendment,
there are no on-going material default by, or disputes with or claims against,
the other Party arising out of the other Party's performance to date under the
Cooperation Agreement.
ARTICLE 3:
Paragraph 6.2(a)(i) of Article 6 of the Cooperation Agreement is hereby canceled
and replaced as follows:
Quote
"(i) a license from INNOVA to SAT to use the interfaces and all Background and
Foreground Technology pertaining to the SIU and the SIU-to-ARU interface
developed by INNOVA for the INNOVA Developed Products, for the purpose of
developing any product below 15 GHz. This license will become a license for the
purpose of manufacturing any product within SAT's exclusive territories as soon
as all the information, specified in Annex 3, relevant to the license of the
16x2 Mb/s 15 GHz product as described in (a)(ii) is given by SAT to INNOVA."
Unquote
ARTICLE 4:
The license granted under paragraph 6.2(a)(iii) of Article 6 of the Cooperation
Agreement is hereby extended as follows:
- -In respect of the SIU portion of the Products mentioned in said paragraph, SAT
shall have the right to manufacture in France and install in France and in any
of SAT's exclusive territories, quantities of the SIUs which do not exceed on a
quarterly basis *****% of SAT's quarterly sales of SIUs in France or ***** SIUs,
whichever is higher.
- -In respect of the ARU portion of the Products mentioned in said paragraph, SAT
may, as long as it is not in material default under the First Amendment to the
Master Purchase Agreement of even date, increase for the purpose of installation
in France and in any of SAT's exclusive territories, the quantities of ARUs
manufactured in France to a figure equivalent to *****% of SAT's quarterly sales
of ARUs in France plus *****% of SAT's quarterly sales in Italy and Poland, or
to ***** ARUs, whichever is higher.
Transfer prices of the ARU (2, 4 and 8 Mb/s) which are sold to SAT when the SIU
is manufactured by SAT are described in the following table. These prices
include the royalty on the manufacture of the SIU by SAT, as well as the royalty
specified
3
<PAGE> 4
for the XP View software license in the First Amendment to the Cooperation
Agreement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================
ARU DELIVERED BEFORE ARU DELIVERED AFTER
DECEMBER 31ST, 1997 DECEMBER 31ST, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
23, 26, 38 GHZ $***** $*****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 GHZ $***** $*****
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 - 15 GHZ $***** $*****
===================================================================================
</TABLE>
ARTICLE 5:
The licenses granted under paragraph 6.2 (a)(iv) and 6.2(a)(v) of the
Cooperation Agreement are no longer granted and those paragraphs are therefore
hereby deleted from Article 6 of the Cooperation Agreement.
ARTICLE 6:
INNOVA undertakes:
- - to send the letter appended hereto to Bouygues Telecom and Marc Mathieu,
so that it is received before June 17th, 1997.
- - to deliver to SAT before July 1st, 1997 the technical data required in
the framework of manufacturing licenses, described in Annex 3 of the
Cooperation Agreement, for the 18 / 23 / 26 / 38 GHz products, before
August 1st, 1997 for the 15 GHz products, and before October 1st, 1997
for the 13 GHz products.
4
<PAGE> 5
ARTICLE 5:
The first page of Annex 2 of the Cooperation Agreement is hereby canceled and
replaced as follows:
QUOTE
ANNEX 2
PRICES AND OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPLICABLE TO THE PURCHASE OF PRODUCTS
1. Market Prices and Transfer Prices
For each Product, the Transfer Price per link (1+0) shall be obtained by
applying to the Market Price stated in the schedule below (which is
applicable for only 24 months after the effective date of this
Agreement), a discount equal to ***** (*****) except that in no event
during such 24-month period shall the Transfer Price of INNOVA developed
Products at 2xE1 and 4xE1 bit rates exceed US $***** per link (1+0) as an
incentive for SAT to shift from XP3 and STD 10 to XP4 as soon as
possible.
INNOVA Developed Products - excluding antenna and cables
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Market Price Transfer Price
------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C>
- - 23, 26, 38 GHz, 2xE1 &
4xE1
Small Qty(i)(1+0) US $ 17,000 US $*****
Large Qty(i)(1+0) US $ 15,000 US $***** (ii)
- - 13, 15, 18 GHz, E1 & Market Price Transfer Price
4xE1 ------------ --------------
Small Qty(i)(1+0) US $ 17,000 US $***** (iii)
Large Qty(i)(1+0) US $ 16,100 US $***** (iv)
INNOVA Developed Lens Horn Antennas Transfer Price
- ----------------------------------- --------------
- - 23 & 38 GHz, 24 cm US $*****
- - 23 & 38 GHz, 34 cm US $*****
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE> 6
- - For Product providing 4xE1 & 8xE1 tributaries, Market Price and Transfer
Price are ***** higher than those of products providing 2xE1 & 4xE1
tributaries.
SAT Developed Products - excluding antenna and cables
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Market Price Transfer Price
------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C>
- - 7/8, 13, 15 GHz QPSK
8xE1 & 16xE1
Annual Qty (v) <50 links US $ 36,000 US $*****
(1+0)
Annual Qty (v) >50 links US $ 30,000 US $*****
(1+0)
</TABLE>
Notes
(i) prices for small or large quantity apply for annual quantities
respectively below or above ***** (1+0) links, for any product mix from
13 to 38 GHz, whatever the bit rate. At the beginning of each year, each
Party will forecast its annual quantity requirements, which will
determine the applicable price for the year.
(ii) applicable for deliveries after 31st December 1997. For deliveries until
30th June 1997, prices for "small quantity" shall apply for any quantity.
For deliveries from 1st July up to 31st December 1997 a maximum Transfer
Price of US $***** shall apply. However, INNOVA shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to reduce this Transfer Price before 1st January 1998
if cost reductions enable it.
(iii) prices for 18 GHz will be the same as 23, 26 or 38 GHz for deliveries
after 31st of December 1997.
(iv) applicable for deliveries after 31st December 1997. Prices for 18 GHz
will be the same as 23, 26 or 38 GHz for deliveries after 31st December
1997. For deliveries from 1st July up to 31st December 1997 a maximum
Transfer Price of US $***** shall apply. However, INNOVA shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to reduce this Transfer Price before 1st
January 1998 if cost reductions enable it.
6
<PAGE> 7
(v) for any product mix from 7 GHz up to 15 GHz, whatever the bit rate.
UNQUOTE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Amendment in two (2)
original counterparts as of the date first above written.
For INNOVA CORPORATION For SAT (Societe Anonyme
de Telecommunications
By /s/ Jean-Francois Grenon By /s/ Marc Mathieu
--------------------------- ------------------------------
(signature) (signature)
Jean-Francois Grenon Marc Mathieu
--------------------------- ------------------------------
(print name) (print name)
President and CEO Executive V.P.
--------------------------- ------------------------------
(title) (title)
7
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.18
NOTE: THE SYMBOL ***** INDICATES WHERE
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS HAVE BEEN OMITTED
AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE MASTER PURCHASE AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF OCTOBER 31ST, 1996
BETWEEN SAT AND INNOVA CORPORATIONS
This Amendment Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into as of 20 June 1997
by and between SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications), 11 rue Watt BP 326
75626 PARIS CEDEX 13 - FRANCE and INNOVA CORPORATION Gateway North, Building 2,
3325 South 116th Street, Seattle, Washington, 98168, USA.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
ARTICLE 1:
Over the 24 months period following the expiration of the "Purchase Period" of
the Master Purchase Agreement, SAT agrees to place with INNOVA purchase orders
for a product mix as discretionally determined by SAT, consisting of ARU and/or
SIU of INNOVA developed Products, corresponding to a dollar value of *****
(*****) $.
ARTICLE 2:
The prices of the Products purchased by SAT under Article 1 hereof shall be in
accordance with the amended first page of Annex 2 of the Cooperation Agreement.
ARTICLE 3:
SAT's commitment under Article 1 above is subject to the conditions described in
Article 4 of the Master Purchase Agreement, and shall become null and void in
its entirety if at any time before SAT's obligations are fulfilled, INNOVA
Products, whether manufactured by INNOVA or any third party under a
manufacturing license, happen to be sold by any third party in SAT's exclusive
territories.
ARTICLE 4:
In the event that upon expiration of the 24 months period mentioned in Article 1
hereof, SAT fails to place orders for the amount specified in said Article, the
only
1
<PAGE> 2
and sole remedy thereto shall be for INNOVA to notify to SAT the termination of
any right to extension of the manufacturable quantities specified in Article 4
of the 2nd amendment to the Cooperation Agreement in respect of ARUs, and INNOVA
hereby expressly waives any right to claim damages of any kind on any ground in
respect of such failure.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Amendment in two (2)
original counterparts as of the date first above written.
For INNOVA CORPORATION For SAT (Societe Anonyme
de Telecommunications)
By /s/ Jean-Francois Grenon By /s/ Marc Mathieu
------------------------------ ------------------------------
(signature) (signature)
Jean-Francois Grenon Marc Mathieu
------------------------------ ------------------------------
(print name) (print name)
President and CEO Executive V.P.
------------------------------ ------------------------------
(title) (title)
2
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.19
AGREEMENT
This Agreement made as of this 20th day of June 1997.
Between INNOVA, Gateway North Bldg. 2, 3325 South 116th Street, SEATTLE,
WASHINGTON 98168 USA and SAT (Societe Anonyme de Telecommunications), 11 rue
Watt, BP 370, 75 626 PARIS CEDEX 13 - FRANCE.
WHEREAS, a cooperation between INNOVA and SAT was initiated in October 1992 in
the field of digital high frequency radio link, on the basis of an INNOVA design
known as "XP3 series" design.
WHEREAS, to implement this cooperation between the Parties, a master agreement
(hereinafter "the Master Agreement") was signed on 23 October 1992, thereafter
followed by an OEM Distributor Agreement (hereinafter "the OEM Distributor
Agreement") dated 9 June 1993, further amended by four amendments thereto,
namely First Amendment dated August 15, 1993, Second Amendment dated April 27,
1994, Third Amendment dated December 7, 1994 and Fourth Amendment dated January
12, 1995 (hereinafter "the Amendments").
WHEREAS, under the OEM Distributor Agreement SAT contributed technology and know
how to INNOVA's XP3 Products and granted INNOVA certain rights in respect of the
use of such contributions as acknowledged by Second Amendment of April 27, 1994.
WHEREAS, INNOVA started in June 1995 the development of digital high frequency
radio links on the basis of a new design known as "XP4 series" design and having
made substantial progress in such development, entered into a new phase of
cooperation with SAT on the basis of said XP4 series design through a
Cooperation Agreement dated October 31, 1996 and decided to discontinue the
manufacture of XP3 series products.
WHEREAS, SAT, using distribution and manufacturing rights granted to it under
the Master Agreement and the OEM Distributor Agreement as amended by the
Amendments, manufactured and/or distributed to its customers substantial
quantities of radiolinks incorporating XP3 series technology as adapted by SAT
and may in the future, face further requirements for the same from its
customers.
WHEREAS, a Memorandum of Understanding on mutual development of Products was
signed between the Parties as of November 17, 1995.
1
<PAGE> 2
WHEREAS, considering INNOVA's discontinuation of the XP3 series products, INNOVA
and SAT deem it appropriate to terminate the agreements which relate to their
past cooperation in the field of XP3 series products, provided each Party's
rights to use the technology developed for XP3 series survive such termination.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1. Subject to the surviving of the rights described under Section 2 of this
Agreement, the Parties mutually agree to terminate as of the date hereof
the Master Agreement, the OEM Distributor Agreement as amended by the
Amendments, as well as the Memorandum of Understanding signed as of
November 17, 1995.
2. Effective as of the date of this Agreement, each Party hereby irrevocably
grants to the other Party for all purposes in relation with the
manufacture, sale, lease and maintenance of any digital high frequency
radio links by such other Party, an irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid
up, royalty-free, unconditional, non-exclusive, world-wide license to use
all know how, technical data and information (including software)
pertaining to the XP3 series technology contributed by it and already
made available to such other Party under the Master Agreement and/or the
OEM Distributor Agreement.
Such license includes the right to make any modifications, improvements
and enhancements to such technology.
Such license includes the right to have made products and/or to grant
sublicenses except that as to any portion of such technology which was
patented by the contributing Party, or for which patent applications have
been made by such Party, the other Party shall not be entitled to grant
sublicenses of such portion of the contributing Party's technology in
those countries where it is patented or patents are pending other than to
its then current affiliated companies (any company whose capital is
controlled by the licensed Party or which controls the licensed Party,
control meaning direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty per cent
(50%) of the voting capital stock and equity capital or the voting
control thereof), for so long as they remain affiliated.
However software may be sublicensed in all cases when required for the
marketing of products.
Such license also includes unconditional access to all XP3 series key
components manufacturers or suppliers and any contractual rights with
such manufacturers or suppliers pertaining to XP3 series key components.
2
<PAGE> 3
Such license conveys no rights to SAT in respect of the antennas
developed by INNOVA for the XP3 series products.
3. Neither party is committed under this Agreement to make available to the
other Party any know how, technical data and information pertaining to
the XP3 series products in addition to the know how technical data and
information already obtained by such other Party as of the date hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THIS AGREEMENT has been executed in duplicate.
For and on behalf For and on behalf of SAT
of INNOVA (Societe Anonyme
de Telecommunications)
By /s/ Jean-Francois Grenon By /s/ Marc Mathieu
------------------------------ -------------------------------
(signature) (signature)
Jean-Francois Grenon Marc Mathieu
------------------------------ -------------------------------
(name) (name)
President and CEO Executive V.P.
------------------------------ -------------------------------
(title) (title)
3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.20
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Judith Abitbol Northern Telecom Tel 514 956-3149
Research & OEM Contract Manager 9300 Trans Canada Highway Fax 514 956-3219
Transport Networks St. Laurent, Quebec Canada H4S 1K5
</TABLE>
NORTEL
NORTHERN TELECOM
Frank Grenon
Chief Executive Officer
Innova Corporation
3325 South 116th Street
Seattle, Washington
98168 USA
June 25, 1997.
SUBJECT: HEADS OF AGREEMENT; EXTENSION
- --------------------------------------
Dear Sir,
This letter is to confirm that Innova Corporation and Northern Telecom Limited
have agreed to extend the Heads of Agreement signed between the parties on
December 13, 1996 to August 15, 1997.
The signatures below indicate the agreement of the parties with the content of
this letter.
Thank you,
/s/ Judith Abitol
Judith Abitbol
NORTHERN TELECOM LIMITED INNOVA CORPORATION
/s/ Gilles Dupuis /s/ Frank Grenon
- ---------------------------- -------------------------------
Director Radio Program Management & NPI
Date: 97-06-26 Date: June 30, 1997
------------------- ----------------
cc: P.Boivin Nortel CCM
W.Silverman Nortel St-Laurent
G.Dupuis Nortel St-Laurent
B.Neuschwander Nortel St.-Laurent
C.Pallemaerts Innova Corporation
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 11.1
INNOVA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
PRO FORMA AND SUPPLEMENTARY EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE CALCULATION
With SAB 83 Adjustment
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Nine month
fiscal period Six months ended
ended June 30,
December 31, -------------------
1996 1997
----------- -------------------
<C> <C>
SUMMARY INFORMATION
Net income (Loss) F/S: $(7,328,836) $(3,012,547)
Common shares outstanding @
beginning of period 882,842 941,334
Common stock issued upon exercise
of employee options* 10,684 15,385
- Mos. outstanding 4.5 3.0
Common stock issued upon exercise
of vendor options* 47,808
- Mos. outstanding 8.0
Stock warrants and options -
- not dilutive (SAB 83 effect
included in adjustment below)
*o/s prior to exercise included in SAB 83
adjustment below.
----------- -----------
Common shares outstanding @ end of period 941,334 956,719
----------- -----------
Weighted average outstanding common
stock 930,680 949,027
----------- -----------
Assumed conversion of redeemable
preferred stock at closing of IPO 8,682,287 8,682,287
SAB 83 adjustment: 426,667 430,675
----------- -----------
Shares used in computing pro forma
net loss per share 10,039,634 10,061,989
=========== ===========
Pro forma net loss per share $(0.73) $(0.30)
=========== ===========
SUMMARY INFORMATION - SUPPLEMENTARY
PRO FORMA LOSS PER SHARE CALCULATION
Notes payable interest expense 70,101 200,115
Supplementary net loss (7,258,735) (2,812,432)
Assumed number of Common Shares issued
to effect retirement of notes payable 46,016 510,749
Shares used in computing
supplementary pro forma net loss per share 10,085,650 10,577,738
=========== ===========
Supplementary pro forma net loss per share $(0.72) $(0.27)
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 23.2
REPORT ON SCHEDULE AND CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
The Board of Directors
Innova Corporation
The audits referred to in our report dated April 30, 1997, except as to Note
17, which is as of June 17, 1997, included the related financial statement
schedule as of December 31, 1996, and for each of years in the two-year period
ended March 31, 1996 and or the nine months ended December 31, 1996, included
in the registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statement schedule based on our audits. In our
opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data" in the
prospectus.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- -------------------------
Seattle, Washington
July 23, 1997
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 9-MOS 6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START> APR-01-1996 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1996 JUN-30-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE> 1 1
<CASH> 172,764 3,833,945
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 1,740,383 5,117,207
<ALLOWANCES> 0 0
<INVENTORY> 2,533,970 5,934,429
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 4,520,274 15,072,123
<PP&E> 5,293,010 8,103,418
<DEPRECIATION> 2,645,649 3,139,131
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 7,304,865 20,208,148
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 4,809,362 10,701,136
<BONDS> 542,259 1,035,274
0 0
39,312,836 47,768,859
<COMMON> 1,376,715 1,398,231
<OTHER-SE> (38,736,307) (40,695,352)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 7,304,865 20,208,148
<SALES> 2,050,245 12,582,457
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 2,103,502 12,582,457
<CGS> 3,685,395 9,569,967
<TOTAL-COSTS> 3,738,652 9,569,967
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 5,550,356 5,687,775
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 249,294 337,733
<INCOME-PRETAX> (7,328,836) (3,012,547)
<INCOME-TAX> 0 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (7,328,836) (3,012,547)
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> (7,328,836) (3,012,547)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (0.73) (0.30)
<EPS-DILUTED> 0 0
</TABLE>
